Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutC2016-187 - 3/29/2016 - Approved • 2016-187 3/29/16 M2016-031 Fulton Construction Corp 00 50 00DB DESIGN-BUILD AGREEMENT This AGREEMENT, for the Project awarded on March 29 , 2016 , is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and Fulton Construction Cora.. Coastcon Coro., A Joint Venture General Contractor (Design- Builder),for services in connection with the Project identified below: PROJECT: Bayshore Park Design-Build, Corpus Christi,Texas, RFQ No. 2015-05, Project ID No. E15152. In consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations contained herein, Owner and Design- Builder agree as set forth herein. ARTICLE 1 —SCOPE OF WORK AND FIXED PROJECT BUDGET 1.01 Design-Builder shall perform all design and construction services,and provide all material, equipment, tools and labor, necessary to complete the Work described in and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. There is a fixed project budget of $5,080,000 ("Fixed Project Budget") for the Project, including contingencies, construction inspection services and contract administration. As the design of the Project progresses, the Owner, based on the information and professional services provided by the Design-Builder, may modify the Fixed Project Budget from time to time based on modifications in the design and the detailed statement of probable construction cost. 1.02 Phases of Services and the Work. The services and the Work to be performed by or through the Design-Builder shall be divided into the Design Phase and the Construction Phase. Following Schematic Design Services, the Owner will review and issue a Notice to Proceed for the remainder of the Design-Build services. The Work to be performed under the Construction Phase may commence before the Design Phase is completed. However, no Work shall commence under the Construction Phase until a Notice to Proceed with regard to such Work has been issued by the Owner in accordance with the terms of the Contract. 1.03 Design Phase Services A. As part of the Request for Qualifications documents for this Project, Design-Builder received the Owner's program requirements and objectives for the Project, and which is incorporated by reference herein. Design-Builder has provided to owner preliminary design specifications and probable construction cost and an initial project schedule for the design and construction phases of the Project. B. Schematic Design Documents. Design-Builder shall prepare Schematic Design Documents. The Design-Builder shall prepare schematic design options to meet architectural design program requirements for Owner's consideration. The Owner will review and approve the schematic design options to be developed for final Schematic Design Documents. The parties shall meet to discuss the Schematic Design Design-Build Agreement 00 50 00DB-1 E15152 Bayshore Park Rev 11/18/2015 INDEXED Documents and agree upon what revisions, if any, should be made. Design -Builder shall perform such agreed-upon revisions. .1 If applicable, as part of the Schematic Design Documents, the Design -Builder shall establish an architectural design program for Owner's review and approval in narrative form, describing major functional elements, space requirements and relationships between the elements, requirements within each space (environmental, acoustical, lighting, electrical, communications, cabinetry, security, etc.), site development requirements, code requirements, aesthetic requirements and other special considerations. Design -Builder shall include programming efforts such as reviewing existing building and site conditions, reviewing existing record documents, making measured drawings of existing construction as necessary, interviewing personnel, reviewing inventories of furniture, equipment and materials, attending meetings and taking other actions as necessary to establish the scope of the Project as dictated by the Owner's needs. 1.4 Quality Control Plan (QCP) 1.4.1 The Design -Builder agrees to perform quality assurance -quality control/ constructability reviews in accordance with the Design -Builder's approved Quality Control Plan (QCP), that is incorporated by reference and which includes any subsequent revisions approved by Owner. The QCP is to be submitted to the Owner for approval prior to the Owner's issuance of a Notice to Proceed to the Design -Builder. In addition to providing the reports required by the QCP, the Design -Builder agrees to address any QCP comments from the Owner and provide resolution to the Owner's satisfaction. In the event the Owner retains a separate consultant to perform additional QCP services for the Owner, the Design - Builder will comply with the Professional Services Procurement Act to the extent applicable and the City's HUB Ordinance. Design -Builder will provide all necessary information to the Owner, address any comments from the Owner's consultant, and provide resolution to the Owner's satisfaction. The Design -Builder shall include this language in all its subconsultant contracts to ensure subconsultants understand their responsibility for complying with the Owner's or Owner's consultant's QCP requirements. 1.4.2 The QCP reviews will be performed by a staff member of the Design -Builder not involved in day-to-day Project tasks. If the Design -Builder does not have the internal staff capacity to provide for this independent review, the Design -Builder must include a QCP subconsultant on the project team. The person performing the QCP reviews shall certify, seal and attest that the final construction bid documents have been drafted in full compliance with the QCP. 1.4.3 The Design -Builder will perform QCP reviews at intervals during the design phase, specified in the QCP, to ensure plans, specifications, and drawings satisfy accepted quality standards and meet the requirements of the project scope. Based on the findings of the QCP reviews, the Design -Builder must reconcile the project scope and budget as needed. Documentation will be included that verifies interdisciplinary coordination has occurred. Design -Build Agreement E15152 Bayshore Park 005000DB-2 Rev 11/18/2015 1.4.4 The Design -Builder will perform constructability reviews, using persons with construction experience, at appropriate intervals, during the design phase, specified in the QCP to ensure that the project is buildable, as well as cost-effective, biddable, and maintainable. Based on the findings of the constructability reviews, the DesignBuilder shall redesign the project, as required, to conform to the Fixed Construction Budget. The Design -Builder will provide interim construction estimates to verify that the project is within the Fixed Construction Budget. 1.4.5 Acceptance and/or approval of the Design -Builder's QCP documentation by the Owner do not constitute a release of the responsibilities and liability of the Design -Builder for the accuracy and competency of its QCP reviews and final construction documents. ARTICLE 2 — CONTRACT TIME 2.1 Date of Commencement. The Work shall commence within five (5) days of Design Builder's receipt of Owner's Notice to Proceed ("Date of Commencement") unless the parties mutually agree otherwise in writing. 2.1.1 Phases of Services and the Work. The services and the Work to be performed by or through the Design -Builder shall be divided into the Preconstruction Phase and the Construction Phase. The Work to be performed under the Construction Phase may commence before the Preconstruction Phase is completed. However, no Work shall commence under the Construction Phase until a Notice to Proceed with regard to such Work has been issued by the Owner in accordance with the terms of the Contract. 2.2 Substantial Completion and Final Completion 2.2.1 Substantial Completion of the entire Work shall be accomplished no later than 350 calendar days from written Notice to Proceed with Design Phase Services, which date shall be the "Scheduled Substantial Completion Date". 2.2.2 Interim milestones and/or Partial Substantial Completion of identified portions of the Work shall be achieved as follows: .1 Interim milestones and/or Partial Substantial Completion dates for portions of the Work, if any, are determined and agreed upon as part of the Schematic Design services. 2.2.3 Final Completion of the Work or identified portions, and resolution of all unresolved Claims of the Work shall be achieved no later than 380 calendar days following Scheduled Substantial Completion Date. 2.2.4 The Scheduled Substantial Completion Date set forth in this Article 5 ("Contract Time(s)") shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with the General Conditions of Contract. Design -Build Agreement E15152 Bayshore Park 005000DB-3 Rev 11/18/2015 2.3 Time is of the Essence. Owner and Design -Builder mutually agree that time is of the essence with respect to the dates and times set forth in the Contract Documents. 2.4 Liquidated Damages. 2.4.1 Design -Builder understands that if Substantial Completion is not attained by the Scheduled Substantial Completion Date, Owner will suffer damages which are difficult to determine and accurately specify. Design -Builder agrees that if Substantial Completion is not attained by the Scheduled Substantial Completion (the "LD Date"), Design -Builder shall pay Owner $1,000 as liquidated damages for each day that Substantial Completion extends beyond the LD Date. 2.4.2 In addition, if Final Completion is not attained by the Final Completion Date ("Final Completion Liquidated Damages Date"), Design -Builder will pay Owner $1,000 as Liquidated Damages for each day Final Completion extends beyond the Final Completion Liquidated Damages Date. 2.4.3 Owner reserves the right to either liquidated damages provided herein or actual damages. Actual damages include, but are not limited to, any and all extra costs, losses, expenses, claims, penalties and any other damages, whether special or consequential, and of whatsoever nature incurred by Owner which are occasioned by any delay in achieving Substantial Completion or Final Completion. 2.4.4 To the extent that the parties enter into a Work Authorization Amendment for a portion of the Work (a Work Package for less than the entire scope of the Work), the parties may agree therein to a required Substantial Completion Date for such portion of the Work and separate Liquidated Damages for the Design -Builder's failure to achieve Substantial Completion of such portion of the Work within the Contract Time Requirements provided therein. The Liquidated Damages set out in a Work Authorization Agreement for a portion of the Work shall be in an amount which bears the same ratio to the Liquidated Damages for the entire Work's Fixed Construction Budget, as set forth above, as the estimated Cost of the Work of that Work Package (as reflected in the Contract Price) bears to the Fixed Construction Budget. The total value of liquidated damages set out in a Work Package will, upon Substantial Completion of that Work Package, proportionately reduce the overall total liquidated damages that could be assessed by the Owner for the entire Work. 2.4.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the maximum amount of Liquidated Damages that may be assessed against and paid by Design -Builder shall not exceed in the aggregate the amount of the sum of the Design -Builder's Preconstruction Phase Fee and the Design -Builder's Construction Phase Fee as set forth below, prior to any adjustment as authorized by the Contract Documents. This maximum amount of liquidated damages shall not apply to the amount of delay damages recoverable by the Owner in an action brought against the Design -Builder for delay in achieving Substantial Completion as required herein in the event that the Liquidated Damages are held by the applicable court or arbitration panel to be unenforceable as a penalty, except where the Liquidated Damages are held to be unenforceable as a result of a legal challenge in such action by the Owner. Design -Build Agreement E15152 Bayshore Park 00 50 00DB - 4 Rev 11/18/2015 2.5 Warranty Period. The warranty period will commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the entire Project and continue for one calendar year thereafter. Design -Builder's general warranty and guarantee obligations are set out in the General Conditions of the Contract. ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.1 The Contract Documents are comprised of the following: 3.1.1 Specifications, forms and documents listed in SECTION 00 01 OODB TABLE OF CONTENTS; 3.1.2 All written modifications, amendments and Change Orders to this Agreement issued in accordance with Article 11 of the General Conditions of Contract Between Owner and Design -Builder ("General Conditions of Contract"); 3.1.3 Request for Qualifications NO. 2015-05 (including SOQ and Proposal submitted by Design -Builder); 3.1.4 This agreement, including all exhibits and attachments; 3.1.5 Construction Documents prepared and approved in accordance with this Agreement, the Scope of Work and the General Conditions of Contract; ARTICLE 4 — INTERPRETATION AND INTENT 4.1 The Contract Documents are intended to permit the parties to complete the Work and all obligations required by the Contract Documents within the Contract Time(s) for the Contract Price. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and interpreted in harmony so as to avoid conflict, with words and phrases interpreted in a manner consistent with construction and design industry standards. In the event of any inconsistency, conflict, or ambiguity between or among the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall take precedence in the order in which they are listed in Section 2.1 hereof. 4.2 Terms, words and phrases used in the Contract Documents, including this Agreement, shall have the meanings given them in the General Conditions of Contract, as amended by the Supplementary Conditions. 4.3 The Contract Documents form the entire agreement between Owner and Design -Builder and by incorporation herein are as fully binding on the parties as if repeated herein. No oral representations or other agreements have been made by the parties except as specifically stated in the Contract Documents. Design -Build Agreement E15152 Bayshore Park 0050OODB -5 Rev 11/18/2015 ARTICLE 5 — OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS 5.1 All Project Drawings and Specifications and other work product ("Work Product") produced by the Design -Builder under this Agreement are the property of the Owner. The Design -Builder may not provide copies of the Work Product to third parties or otherwise use the Work Product covered by this subsection without the express prior written approval of the Owner. 5.2 The Design -Builder agrees that the Work Product, which is to be delivered under this Agreement, and which is to be paid for by the Owner, is subject to the rights of the Owner in effect on the date of this Agreement. These rights include the right to use, duplicate and disclose such items in whole or in part, in any manner and for whatever purpose, and to have others do so. The Design -Builder shall not copyright or otherwise claim Ownership of the Work Product covered by this subsection. The Design -Builder shall include appropriate provisions in its subconsultant contracts to achieve the purpose of this subsection. 5.3 All Work Product furnished by the Design -Builder is considered instruments of its services for this Project. It is understood that the Design -Builder does not represent the Work Product to be suitable for reuse on any other project or for any other purpose(s). If the Owner reuses the Work Product for another Project without the Design -Builder's specific written verification or adaptation, such reuse will be at the risk of the Owner, without liability to the Design -Builder. 5.4 If the Design -Builder is terminated under this Agreement, the Owner may continue the Project and Design -Builder shall deliver a complete set of the Drawings, Specifications, and other Work Product within fourteen (14) calendar days of the notice of termination in the format designated by the Owner. The Owner may have these documents completed, corrected, revised or added to by another design professional in accordance with Title 22, Chapter 137.33(i) of the Texas Administrative Code. 5.5 Record Documents. Design -Builder shall provide Owner one complete copy of the Work Product in electronic file formats (CD -R). Drawings shall be prepared with computer-aided design and drawing technology utilizing the Owner's CADD Standards, which will be provided to Design - Builder. The record documents shall reflect any changes (Field Order, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, etc.) made subsequent to the Owner's receipt of approved Construction Documents. Copies of the record documents that may be relied upon by Owner are limited to the printed copies that are signed and sealed by the Design -Builder's architect of record. Electronic files of record documents that are furnished by Design -Builder to Owner are only for the convenience of Owner. 5.6 Records Retention Policy and Access. Design -Builder shall retain copies of all Work Product, Record Documents and other Project records, including but not limited to acceptable accounting records, (the "Records") for a minimum of three (3) years from the date of final acceptance of the Work or such longer period of time as would be reasonably required in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to the Project or this Agreement or as required by the terms of any applicable grant(s). Owner and any other regulatory entity with jurisdiction over the Project shall have reasonable access at all times to the Records for the purpose of making copies, excerpts, and transcriptions, and conducting audits and examinations. Design -Build Agreement E15152 Bayshore Park 005000DB-6 Rev 11/18/2015 5.6.1 Owner's Right to Audit. Owner shall have the right to perform audits on the Records and the Records of subcontractors and subconsultants in accordance with the General Conditions of the Contract. ARTICLE 6 — Contract Price 6.1 Any additional compensation that may be required by reason of Owner requested changes to previously approved Work Product or Owner requested increases in scope of Project, if allowed, shall be executed as a Change Order to this Agreement in accordance with the applicable provisions of the General Conditions, provided, however, that the correction of previously approved Work Product, which is in error or omission, or to correct deficiencies in Work, will not be eligible for additional compensation. 6.2 Payments for Schematic Design Phase and Professional Services shall be made monthly in proportion to services performed within each Phase of services, on the basis set forth in Articles 1 and 7, respectively. ARTICLE 7 — PROCEDURE FOR PAYMENT 7.1 Progress Payments 7.1.1 Design -Builder shall submit applications for Progress Payments to Owner no more than once a month and in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions of Contract. 7.1.2 Owner shall make payment within thirty (30) days after Owner's receipt of each properly submitted and accurate Application for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions of Contract. 7.2 Retainage on Progress Payments 7.2.1 Owner will retain ten percent (10%) of the construction cost component of each Application for Payment until final payment. 7.2.2 If the Work is near completion and delay occurs due to no fault or neglect of Design - Builder, Owner may pay a portion of the retained amount to Design -Builder. 7.3 Record Keeping and Financial Controls. Design -Builder shall keep full and detailed accounts and exercise such controls as may be necessary for proper financial management, using accounting and control systems in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and as may be provided in the Contract Documents. Subject to prior written notice, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work. The Design -Builder shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. Design -Build Agreement E15152 Bayshore Park 005000DB-7 Rev 11/18/2015 ARTICLE 8 — TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE 8.1 Upon ten (10) days' written notice to Design -Builder, Owner may, for its convenience and without cause, elect to terminate this Agreement. In such event, Owner shall pay Design -Builder for the following: 8.1.1 All Work executed and for proven loss, cost or expense in connection with the Work; 8.1.2 The reasonable costs and expenses attributable to such termination, including demobilization costs and amounts due in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors and Design Consultants; 8.1.3 The Design -Builder's Fee only on the sum of items .1 and .2 above. No overhead, profit or Design -Builder's Fee will be paid on unperformed work. 8.2 If Owner terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1 above and proceeds to design and construct the Project through its employees, agents or third parties, Owner's rights to use the Work Product shall be as set forth in Article 4. 8.3 Termination by Owner. Article 16 of the General Conditions includes additional provisions for Termination by Owner, which are incorporated herein by reference. ARTICLE 9 — REPRESENTATIVES OF THE DESIGN -BUILDER 9.1 Design -Builder designates the individual listed below as its Representative ("Design - Builder's Senior Representative"), which individual has the authority and responsibility for avoiding and resolving disputes under the General Conditions of Contract: Identify individual's name, title, address and telephone numbers. Philip Skrobarczyk President/CEO P.O. Box 9486, Corpus Christi, TX 78469 361-993-5200 ARTICLE 10 — BONDS AND INSURANCE 10.1 Insurance. Design -Builder shall procure the following insurance coverages: The specific insurance coverage requirements applicable to this Project as set forth in the Contract Documents, provided that there shall be no exclusions for the design -build method described herein in any of the policies provided hereunder or any such exclusion shall be specifically deleted. Design -Builder must provide the insurance documentation at the time of contract execution. Design -Build Agreement E15152 Bayshore Park 005000DB-8 Rev 11/18/2015 10.2 Bonds and Other Performance Security. Design -Builder shall provide the following performance bond and labor and material payment bond or other performance security: The specific bond coverage requirements applicable to this Project as set forth in the Contract Documents. Design -Builder must provide the bonds at the time of contract execution. Additional requirements regarding such bonds not in conflict herewith are as set forth in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. Design -Builder shall keep the Surety informed of the progress of the Work, and, where necessary, obtain the Surety's consent to and waiver of: (1) notice of changes in the Work; (2) request for reduction or release of retention; (3) request for final payment; and (4) any other material change required by the Surety. Owner may, in its sole discretion, inform the Surety of the progress of the Work and obtain consents as necessary to protect Owner's rights, interest, privileges, and benefits under and pursuant to any bond issued in connection with the Work ARTICLE 11 — OTHER PROVISIONS 11.1 In providing services hereunder, Design -Builder shall comply with the applicable provisions of Chapter 1001 of the Texas Occupations Code: the Texas Engineering Practices Act, and Article 249a of Vernon's Texas Civil Statutes with respect to the practice of architecture and the purchasing requirements of Section 361.426 of the Texas Health and Safety Code. 11.2 Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall be construed to create any independent legal or contractual relationship between Owner and Design -Builder's Design Consultant. 11.3 At Owner's sole option, any items of personal property, which have been purchased in connection with the performance of the Work, which still have some use for their intended purpose and which are otherwise transferable, specifically including but not limited to any office equipment, computer hardware and computer software, shall be provided to Owner upon final completion of the Work or, as applicable, completion of the Warranty Period. 11.4 The Design -Builder covenants with Owner to furnish its best skill and judgment in the management of the Project, to furnish efficient business administration and superintendence, to use its best efforts to furnish at all times an adequate supply of skilled workers and material and to perform the Work in the best way and in the most expeditious and economical manner consistent with the intent of the Project, provided that Design -Builder shall at all times exercise complete control over the means, methods and techniques of construction. ARTICLE 12 — CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES In executing this Agreement, Owner and Design -Builder each individually represents that it has the necessary financial resources to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, and each has the necessary corporate approvals to execute this Agreement and perform the services described herein Design -Build Agreement E15152 Bayshore Park 00 50 00DB - 9 Rev 11/18/2015 One original signed Agreement will be required. The sequence of signatures will be completed in the following order: A. DESIGN -BUILDER; B. ASSISTANT CITY ATTORNEY for the City Attorney; C. DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING SERVICES; D. CITY SECRETARY for the City. Design -Build Agreement E15152 Bayshare Park 00 50 00DB -10 Rev 11/18/2015 ATTEST Rebecca Huerta City Secretary APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: CIT HRISTI �2k�jZl� '-` Z Z J . Edmonds, P.E. >! Director of Engineering Services et L. Kellogg ssistant City Attorney ATTEST (IF CORPORATION) 3Ar\curAL _ (Seal Below) Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if person signing for DESIGN -BUILDER is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer °a AMANDA FOWLER Notary Public "1 STATE OF TEXAS T�aFSE i My Comm. Exp. 03-03-2018 v v v v v v v v v v v Design -Build Agreement E15152 Bayshore Park __ 023AuI NUt ILLI TY COUNCIL c SECRETARY/ DESIGN -BUILDER Fulton Construction Corp., Coastcon Corp., A Joint Venture General Contractor Title: 1102 Second Street Address Corpus Christi, Texas 78404 City State Zip 361-993-5200 361-339-8005 Phone Fax pskrobar@fultonconst.com EMail END OF SECTION 00 50 0008 - 11 Rev 11/18/2015 (0,777 Fi31W04 ACIVIAMA 000 tofitoW i : 2AX3T 10 5TATe, 8t0 -CO -CO .qxr.1 rnrilli,) vf.,', .".• Exhibit "B-1" REQUEST FOR QUALIFICATIONS (RFQ) NO. 2015-05 DESIGN -.BUILD SERVICES FOR BAYSHORE PARK CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI. IX DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST City of Corpus Christi Ordinance 17112,as amended, requires all persons or firms seeking to do business with the City to provide the folowing information. Every question must be answered. If the question is not applicable, answer with "NA". See reverse side for Filing Requirements, Certifications and definitions. COMPANY (Respondent) Fulton Coastcon General Contractors NAME: P. 0. BOX: P.O. Box 9486 STREET ADDRESS: 1102 Second Street CITY Corpus Christi ZIP 78404 FIRM IS: 1. Corporation 0 2. Partnership O 3. Sole Owner D 4. Association D 5. Other Joint Venture DISCLOSURE QUESTIONS If additional space is necessary, please use the reverse side of this page or attach separate sheet. 1. State the names of each "employee" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm.¢ ame Job Title and City Department (if known) • 2. State the names of each "official" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name Title NIA _ 3. State the names of each "board member" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership fnterest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name Board, Commission or Committee N/A 4. State the names of each employee or officer of a "consultant" for the City of Corpus Christi who worked on any matter related to the subject of this contract and has an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named firm. Name Consultant NIA FILING REQUIREMENTS if a person who requests official action on a matter knows that the requested action will confer an economic benefit on any City official or employee that is distinguishable from the effect that the action will have on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof, you shall disclose that fact in a signed writing to the City official, employee or body that has been requested to act in the matter, unless the interest of the City, official or employee in the matter is apparent. The disclosure shalt also be made in a signed writing filed with the City Secretary. [Ethics Ordinance Section 2-349 (d)] CERTIFICATION I certify that all information provided is true and correct as of the date of this statement, that I have not knowingly withheld disclosure of any information requested; and that supplemental statements will be promptly submitted to the CIty of Corpus Christi, Texas as changes occur. Certifying Person: Philip C. Skrobarczyk (Type o - ti Signature of Certifying Person: Title: President & CEO DEFINITION Date: July 31, 2015 a. "Board Member. A member of any board, commission, or committee that has been appointed by the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. b. "Economic Benefit". An action that is likely to affect an economic interest if it is likely to have an effect on that interest that is distinguishable from its effect on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof. c. "Employee". Any person employed by the City of Corpus Christi, Texas either on a full or part-time basis, but not as an independent contractor. d. "Firm'. Any entity operated for economic gain, whether professional, industrial or commercial, and whether established to produce or deal with a product or service, including but not limited to, entitles operated In the form of sole proprietorship, as self-employed person, partnership, corporation, joint stock company, joint venture, receivership or trust, and entities which for purposes of taxation are treated as non-profit organizations. e. "Official."The Mayor, members of the City Council, City Manager, Deputy City Manager, Assistant City Managers, Department and Division Heads, and Municipal Court Judges of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. f. "Ownership Interest." Legal or equitable interest, whether actually or constructively held, In a firm, including when such interest is held through an agent, trust, estate, or holding entity. "Constructively held" refers to holdings or control established through voting trusts, proxies. or special terms of venture or partnership agreements." g. "Consultant.'Any person or firm, such as engineers and architects, hired by the City of Corpus Christi for the purpose of professional consultation and recommendation. 00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS Chapter 2252 of the Texas Government Code applies to the award of government contract to nonresident bidders. This law provides that: "a government entity may not award a governmental contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident underbids the lower bid submitted by a responsible resident bidder by an amount that is not Tess than the amount by which a resident bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located." "Nonresident bidder" refers to a person who is not a resident of Texas. "Resident bidder" refers to a person whose principal place of business is in this state, including a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. Check the statement that is correct for Bidder. 0 Bidder qualifies as a nonresident bidder whose principal place of business or residency is in the State of 13 Bidder (includes parent company or majority owner) qualifies as a resident bidder whose principal place of business is in the State of Texas. The Owner will use the information provided in the State of Texas Comptroller's annual publication of other states' laws on contracts to evaluate the Bids of nonresident Bidders. Bidder: Company Name: By: Fulton Construction Corp./Coastcon, A Joint Venture Co. (typed or printed) (signature -- attach evided v f authority to sign) Name: Philip Skrobarczyk Title: Business address: Phone: (typed or printed) President/CEO P.O. Box 9486 Corpus Christi, TX 78469 361-993-5200 Email: pskrobar@fultonconst.com END OF SECTION Compliance to State Law on Nonresident Bidders [Insert Project Name and Number] By: Name: Title: 003002-1 11-25-2013 Philip Skrobarczyk (signature -- attach ev'. e f e of authority to sign) President/CEO Business address: P.O. Box 9486 Corpus Christi, TX 78469 Phone: 361-993-5200 Email: askrobar@fultonconst.com 00 30 06 NON -COLLUSION CERTIFICATION STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF NUECES OWNER: City of Corpus Christi, Texas 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 CONTRACT: Bayshore Park Design Build # E15152 Bidder certifies that the it has not been a party to any collusion among Bidders in the restraint of freedom of competition by agreement to submit a Bid at a fixed price or to refrain from bidding; or with any official or employee of the Owner as to quantity, quality, or price in the prospective contract, or any other terms of said prospective contract; or in any discussion between Bidders and any official of the Owner concerning exchange of money or other thing of value for special consideration in the letting of a contract. Company Name: By: Name: Fulton Construction Corp./Coastcon. A Joint Venture w. ., -.. : (signature -- attach ev'. e f e of authority to sign) (typed or printed) Philip Skrobarczyk Title: President/CEO Business address: P.O. Box 9486 Phone: Corpus Christi, TX 78469 361-993-5200 Email: pskrobar@fultonconst.com Non -Collusion Certification [Insert Project Name and Number] END OF SECTION 003006-1 11-25-2013 CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 1 of 1 Complete Nos. 1 - 4 and 6 it there are interested parties. Complete Nos. 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 if there are no interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY CERTIFICATION OF FILING Certificate Number: 2016-15437 Date Filed: 02/18/2016 Date Acknowledged: u 1 Nanie of business entity filing form, and the city, state and country of the business entity's place of business. Fulton Construction Corp. / Coastcon Corp. - A Joint Venture Corpus Christi, TX United States 2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is being filed. City of Corpus Christi 3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract, and provid a description of the goods or services to be provided under the contract. E15152 Design Build Services for Bayshore Park 4 Name of Interested Party City, State, Country (place of business) Nature of interest (check applicable) Controlling Intermediary Lippincott, Michael Corpus Christi, TX United States X Barnette, James Corpus Christi, TX United States X Skrobarczyk, Jennifer Corpus Christi, TX United States X Skrobarczyk, Philip Corpus Christi, TX United States X 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. ❑ 6 AFFIDAVIT AF�'', Sworn 20 !fr b A.... �..c ...... �..... .. "- ". I swear, or affirm, under penalty of perjury, that the above disclosure is true and correct. "'L��7/�%� o::::-"'� AMANDA FOWLER Notary Public �)0,, STATE OF TEXAS oF�:i�tiyd��pMy��C��o��mSgmF�.gqE��xp.03.03.2018 ABOVE r�i ps, -'V 1 !gnat re of authorized agent of co (a t ng business entity �4 t� �lOE n �.Vel t`U..2t^ . k- , this the day of k�. , \1 l `V' cft J to and subscribed before me, by the said ILL , to certify which, witness my hand and seal of office. l� I" ., .l..i''G �. E"-�'',�h, r t `:, .f0rri � ,-• I' 4(�1`�(' = 1 t r< Signature of officer administering oath Printed narne of officer administering oath Title of officer administering oath Pnnnc nrnvidarl by TAXAR Fthing Cnnvnissinn www.ethlcs.state.tx.us Version V1.0.34944 Exhibit A PROPOSAL Design -Build Agreement E15152 Bayshore Park 005000DB-12 Rev 11/18/2015 Fu1ton(Coastcon Genera Contractors To: Mr. Jeff H. Edmonds, P.E. Director of Engineering Services City of Corpus Christi 1201 Leopard Street 3rd Floor, City Hall Corpus Christi, TX 78401 2/5/2016 We propose to provide all labor & equipment necessary to complete the Bayfront Park in accordance with the following scope as outlined. Scope: The following describes the initial scope of work for the Bayfront Park Project, Corpus Christi, Texas. 1. Special Events Space Improvements — The area which has been referred to as the Great Lawn will remain as a large grass lawn area. A stage slab with electrical service will be provided at Park Avenue & Shoreline Boulevard (Southeast corner of the Great Lawn). Additionally, ventilated public restrooms will be constructed to accommodate visitors to the beach & special events. Outdoor shower will be constructed for easy access from the beach. A continuous sidewalk will be constructed to run parallel with Shoreline Boulevard to the West of the Great Lawn. Park Avenue will be widened in order to accommodate a turn -around for vehicles that proceed easterly on Park Avenue to the Shoreline Boulevard bollards. Concrete pads will be placed to provide for temporary restroom trailers for large park events to include necessary utility connections. An eighteen wheeler pull out will be provided for staging set-up & knock down during concerts or other special use events. Additional Great Lawn improvements shall include protection of the existing irrigation system and a permanent helical tie -down system for large tents. Drainage will also be addressed. 2. Sherrill Park Improvements — The sunken portion of the park will be lifted to the same grade as the surrounding area. Additionally, shading will be added, as well as expanded utilities & lighting. All existing memorials that are impacted by raising the garden will be carefully placed in like locations. This area will receive enhanced landscaping. A ventilated public restroom will also be provided with an attached storage room for Sherrill Park event equipment. ADA parking will be provided along Kinney Street as well as a vehicle turn -around at Kinney Street & Shoreline Boulevard. Seating and staging accommodations will be finalized with stakeholder input. Fulton CoCoastcon Genera Contractors 3. Iconic Signage — Iconic signage will be provided at the southernmost end of Shoreline Boulevard to define a sense of place. Additional signage will be provided throughout as determined by the city, such as the main entrance on Park Ave. 4. McCaughan Park Improvements — The improvements to McCaughan Park will include additional shade structures, a designated dog park area and a designated playground area. Additional landscaping will be provided and area lighting as determined by the city. The existing parking lot will be reconfigured to provide for the maximum number of spaces possible including minor repair and resurfacing as needed to preserve the existing pavement and to accept the proposed pavement markings and ADA parking will be conveniently located for park visitors. 5. Shoreline Boulevard Improvements — Improvements to Shoreline Boulevard will include the construction of a continuous planter with landscaping along Shoreline Boulevard from Furman Avenue to the large parking lot North of Park Avenue. Additionally pedestrian lighting will be placed along the linear sidewalk just inside the seawall. Accommodations for ten food trucks will be identified on Shoreline Boulevard with necessary utility connections. Additional benches and shading will also be placed. The pavement will receive a coating to soften the view of the existing roadway with additional plantings as requested by the city. 6. McGee Beach & South Breakwater — McGee Beach and South Breakwater improvements will include removal of the existing cafe and a renovation of the space to accommodate a deck area with lighting, showers, & new ADA ramping, if required, to provide access from street level to the sand elevation. Consideration will be given to include a boardwalk along a portion of the stone jetty breakwater. Construction in this area will occur after Labor Day 2016. Additional Scope: 1. We propose an add alternate for repairing and overlaying the large Coliseum parking lot. All scopes will be finalized through the accommodation of stakeholder input obtained in a design charrette to be held within a month of notice to proceed. The approximately 30% design that emerges from the charrette will be shared with city council prior to staff directing Design Build to proceed to final design and construction. FultonCoastcon General Contractors Schematic: O It -61 NVld OASOdOZld SOUTH BAYFRONT PARK, CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS Fu1ton7Coastcon GenerContractors Schedule: See table below for schedule. Schedule Item Dates City Park Dept. / Engineering S/D Approval By this Friday 2/5/2016 Council Approval for NTP Council 1- 2/23 Council 2- 3/8 NTP- (3/8 + 14days) Design Starts 3/22/2016 S/D Completed 4/11/2016 Stakeholders Meeting 4/14/2016 Design Revisions Completed per Requested 4/29/2016 D/D Submitted for Approval 5/16/2016 C/D Submitted for Approval 7/18/2016 Construction Start - NTP 8/12/2016 Construction Duration Less than 12 months* *Goal is to have Beach to Bay 2017 end at the refurbished McCaughan Park/McGee Beach area and to have the 2017 Buc Days Carnival on the Great Lawn Fulton Coastcon Genera Contractors City of Corpus Christi Bayshore Park Preliminary Budget Projection Summary ALTERNATES Alt. No1 Overlay/Repair Large Park ng Lot Overlay/Repair Large Parking Lot Parking Lot Lighting $348,180 $60,000 Subtotal $ OHP $ Total $ 408,180 24,491 432,671 Description Total MI General Conditions/Testing/QAQC 508,000 Special Events Space Improvements 238,182 Sherrill Park Improvements 430,628 Iconic Signage 150,000 McCaughan Park Improvements 751,000 Shoreline Boulevard Improvements 1,300,893 McGee Beach and South Breakwater 454,367 Bond 67,500 Insurance 99,752 AGC Fee _ 14,175 Bldg Permit 31,051 NE Design 406,400 D/B Fee 304,800 Contingency/Betterment 323,252 Subtotal 5,080,000 Total 5,080,000 ALTERNATES Alt. No1 Overlay/Repair Large Park ng Lot Overlay/Repair Large Parking Lot Parking Lot Lighting $348,180 $60,000 Subtotal $ OHP $ Total $ 408,180 24,491 432,671 Fulton Coastcon Genera Contractors Closing: On behalf of our team we are excited to be given the opportunity to be the design builder for the Bayshore park project. Thank you, Philip Skrobarczyk 00 6116 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO. 929592849 Contractor as Principal Name: Fulton Construction Corp., Coastcon Corp., A Joint Venture General Contractor Mailing address (principal place of business): II o2. 2nd ee:t —Rebstown712X-78380 6 .C, .T.7c 1 b404 - Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78469 Contract Project name and number: #E15152 Bayshore Park — Design Build Award Date of the Contract: March 29, 2016 Contract Price: $5,080,000.00 Bond Date of Bond: APRIL 12, 2016 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of Contract) Surety Name:CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY Mailing address (principal place of business): 5151 SAN FELIPE, SUITE 1800 HOUSTON, TEXAS 77056 Physical address (principal place of business): SAME Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: ILLINOIS By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number):713-513-6301 Telephone (for notice of claim): SEE ATTACHED Local Agent for Surety Name:SWANTNER & GORDON INS. AGENCY, L Address:500 N. SHORELINE BLVD. , STE 1200 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78401 Telephone: 361-883-1711 Email Address: memoore@hicminbotham.net The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800-252-3439 Payment Bond Form Proj #E15152 Bayshore Park — Design Build 00 6116 - 1 7-8-2014 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall !ie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor - 'rin ' •al 7 Signature ` • Afigkiirk,/ Surety Signature: /, - „ /4,_ /` `.,L Name: PHILIP C. SKROBARCZYK i — Name: MAR/ LEN MOORE Title: PRESIDENT AND CEO Title: AT •RNEY IN FACT Email Address:pskrobar@fultonconst. com Email Address: memoore@higgi._nbotham. net (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Payment Bond Form Proj #E15152 Bayshore Park — Design Build 006116-2 7-8-2014 00 6113 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO. 929592849 Contractor as Principal Name: Fulton Construction Corp., Coastcon Corp., A Joint Venture General Contractor Mailing address (principal place of business): �rr-Rirngv na_a.don _�77S06— LtO2 2' -tree--I- 60ru5 Ghrt,-Fi', lic 840 Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78469 Contract Project name and number: #E15152 Bayshore Park – Design Build Award Date of the Contract: March 29, 2016 Contract Price: S5,080,000.00 Bond Date of Bond: APRIL 12, 2016 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of the Contract) Surety Name: CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY Mailing address (principal place of business): 5151 SAN FELIPE, SUITE 1800 HOUSTON, TEXAS 77056 Physical address (principal place of business): SAME Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: ILLINOIS By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number): 713-513-6301 Telephone (for notice of claim): SEE ATTACHED Local Agent for Surety Name: SWANTNER & GORDON INS. AGENCY, L Address:500 N. SHORELINE BLVD. , STE 1200 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78401 Telephone: 361-883-1711 Email Addressmemoore@higginbotham. net The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800-252-3439 Performance Bond Proj E15152 Bayshore Park – Design Build 00 6113 -1 7-8-2014 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as ' cipal Signatur, i Ile ' Surety Signaturev(1.0,;)1/ G!‹. Name: PHILIP C . SKROBARCZY I Name: Title: PRESIDENT AND CEO Title: ATTORNEY IN FACT Email Address: pskrobar@fultonconst.com Email Address:memoore@higginbotham.net (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) Y END OF SECTION Performance Bond Proj E15152 Bayshore Park — Design Build 006113-2 7-8-2014 POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Know All Men By These Presents, That Continental Casualty Company, an Illinois insurance company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, an Illinois insurance company, and American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania, a Pennsylvania insurance company (herein called "the CNA Companies"), are duly organized and existing insurance companies having their principal offices in the City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, and that they do by virtue of the signatures and seals herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint Mary Ellen Moore, Steve Addkison, Cathleen Hayles, Aaron J Endris, Tricia Balolong, Individually of Corpus Christi, TX, their true and lawful Attorneys) -in -Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on their behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature - In Unlimited Amounts - and to bind them thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of their insurance companies and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given is hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By -Law and Resolutions, printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by the Boards of Directors of the insurance companies. In Witness Whereof, the CNA Companies have caused these presents to be signed by their Vice President and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed on this 21st day of March, 2016. Continental Casualty Company National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford American Cas 1ty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania Paul T. Bruflat # Vice President State of South Dakota, County of Minnehaha, ss: On this 21st day of March, 2016, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is a Vice President of Continental Casualty Company, an Illinois insurance company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, an Illinois insurance company, and American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania, a Pennsylvania insurance company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of said insurance companies; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Boards of Directors of said insurance companies and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said insurance companies. My Commission Expires June 23, 2021 CERTIFICATE I, D. Bult, Assistant Secretary of Continental Casualty Company, an Illinois insurance company, National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford, an Illinois insurance company, and American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania, a Pennsylvania insurance company do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney herein above set forth is still in force, and further certify that the By -Law and Resolution of the Board of Directors of the insurance companies printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the said insurance companies this 12TH day of APRIL 2016 . Form F6853-4/2012 Continental Casualty Company National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania D. Bult Assistant Secretary Authorizing By -Laws and Resolutions ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY: This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting held on May 12, 1995: "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorize an officer to sign specific documents, agreements and instruments on behalf of the Company provided that the name of such authorized officer and a description of the documents, agreements or instruments that such officer may sign will be provided in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Company prior to such execution becoming effective." This Power of Attorney is signed by Paul T. Bruflat, Vice President, who has been authorized pursuant to the above resolution to execute power of attorneys on behalf of Continental Casualty Company. This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent dated the 25th day of April, 2012: "Whereas, the bylaws of the Company or specific resolution of the Board of Directors has authorized various officers (the "Authorized Officers") to execute various policies, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature; and Whereas, from time to time, the signature of the Authorized Officers, in addition to being provided in original, hard copy format, may be provided via facsimile or otherwise in an electronic format (collectively, "Electronic Signatures"); Now therefore be it resolved: that the Electronic Signature of any Authorized Officer shall be valid and binding on the Company." ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD: This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent dated May 10, 1995: "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorize an officer to sign specific documents, agreements and instruments on behalf of the Company provided that the name of such authorized officer and a description of the documents, agreements or instruments that such officer may sign will be provided in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Company prior to such execution becoming effective." This Power of Attorney is signed by Paul T. Bruflat, Vice President, who has been authorized pursuant to the above resolution to execute power of attorneys on behalf of National fire Insurance Company of Hartford This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent dated the 25th day of April, 2012: "Whereas, the bylaws of the Company or specific resolution of the Board of Directors has authorized various officers (the "Authorized Officers") to execute various policies, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature; and Whereas, from time to time, the signature of the Authorized Officers, in addition to being provided in original, hard copy format, may be provided via facsimile or otherwise in an electronic format (collectively, "Electronic Signatures"); Now therefore be it resolved: that the Electronic Signature of any Authorized Officer shall be valid and binding on the Company." ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA: This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution duty adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent dated May 10, 1995: "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorize an officer to sign specific documents, agreements and instruments on behalf of the Company provided that the name of such authorized officer and a description of the documents, agreements or instruments that such officer may sign will be provided in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Company prior to such execution becoming effective." This Power of Attorney is signed by Paul T. Bruflat, Vice President, who has been authorized pursuant to the above resolution to execute power of attorneys on behalf of American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania. This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by unanimous written consent dated the 25th day of April, 2012: "Whereas, the bylaws of the Company or specific resolution of the Board of Directors has authorized various officers (the "Authorized Officers") to execute various policies, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature; and Whereas, from time to time, the signature of the Authorized Officers, in addition to being provided in original, hard copy format, may be provided via facsimile or otherwise in an electronic format (collectively, "Electronic Signatures"); Now therefore be it resolved: that the Electronic Signature of any Authorized Officer shall be valid and binding on the Company." State of Texas Claim Notice Endorsement In ac ordance with Section 2253.021(f) of the Texas Government Code and Section 53.202(6) of the Texas Property Code any notice of claire to the named surety under this bond(s) should be sent to: CNA Surety 333 South Wabash Chicago, IL 60604 Telephone: (312) 822-5000 You ma; also ter, to CNA Suety at P.O. Box its, 77251.106S. You may conte the Texas D-partr-, nt c; lns-urancz to obtain 1 a,.:,, on orrrpanie3, v2 rage;:, rights or compla at 1-$00-252-34.39 You may a'.*o write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149104, Austin, Texas 78714-910-4, or fax 512-475-1771. PREMIUM OF CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a d put =nceming your premium or about a Bairn you should contact the cxxnpany first if the disputa is not resolved you may contact the Texas Department of Insurarc e. ATTACH THS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: -This notice is far information cniy and does not be -carne a part or condition of the attached documents, ACORJ® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE `. DATE(MM1DDlYYYY) 4/19/2016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. . IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(les) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER Higginbotham Insurance Agency, Inc. dba Swantner & Gordon Insurance Agency, LLC P.O. Box 870 Corpus Christi TX 78403-0870 CONTACT Shirley Verdin PHONE FAX 361 8831711 (AIC. No). 361 844 0101 ((� L ,f,�I: ADDRESS: sverdin@higginbotham.net INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC 0 INSURER A :Travelers Property Casualty Co of A 25674 INSURED FULTO8 Fulton Construction Corp / Coastcon Corp, A Joint Venture P.O. Box 9486 Corpus Christi TX 78469-9486 INSURER B :The Travelers Indemnity Co of Amer 25666 INSURER C :The Phoenix Insurance Company 25623 INSURER D : $1,000,000 INSURER E : $300,000 INSURER F : CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 147303424 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSD SUBR WVD POUCY NUMBER POUCY EFF (MM/DD/YYYY) POUCY EXP (MM/DD/YYYY) UMITS B x COMMERCIAL GENERAL UABILITY / CO3F36837A 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 DGE TO RENTED PREMISES Ea occurrence) $300,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $5,000 X 5.000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1,000,000 X Pollution GENERAL AGGREGATE 52,000,000 GE X 'L AGGREGATE POLICY OTHER: LIMIT APPLIES PRO- JECT PER: LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 Employee Ben. 51,000,000 A AUTOMOBILE X X UABIUTY ANY AUTO/ AUTOWNED HIRED AUTOS X / SCHEDULED NON -OWNED AUTOS BA3F371582 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 - COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ $ A X UMBRELLA UAB EXCESS UAB X OCCUR / CLAIMS -MADE ZUP12P5514515NF 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 - EACH OCCURRENCE $10,000,000 AGGREGATE $10,000,000 / $ DED X RETENTION $10,000 C WORKERS COMPENSATION / AND EMPLOYERS' UABIUTY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below YN N N / A UB3F37258A 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 ..E.L. X MUTE OTH- ER EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 / E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 A Contractors Equipment QT6608067X932TLC15 12/31/2015 12/31/2016 5100,000 $1,000 Ded Leased/Rented DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) See Attached... CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION I City of Corpus Christi Attn: Sylvia Amaga Engineering Dept 1201 Leopard St. Corpus Christi TX 78401 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED R PRESENTATIVE if �� ACORD 25 (2014101) ©1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD ACO AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: FULTO8 LOC #: ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page 1 of 1 AGENCY Higginbotham Insurance Agency, Inc. NAMED INSURED Fulton Construction Corp Coastcon Corp, A Joint Venture P.O. Box 9486 Corpus Christi TX 78469-9486 POLICY NUMBER CARRIER NAIC CODE EFFECTIVE DATE: ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER. 25 FORM TITLE: CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE General Liability policy includes a blanket automatic additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder only when there is a written contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires such status. (Blanket Additional Insured -Contractors CGD6040813 General Liability policy includes a primary & non-contributory provision only when there is a written contract between the insured and the certificate holder that requires such provision. (Contractors Xtend Endorsement CGD3161111) General Liability policy includes a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation endorsement that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires it. (Contractors Xtend Endorsement CGD3161111) General Liability policy includes a blanket 60 Day Notice of Cancellation endorsement that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires it. (Endorsement #ILF0250998) Commercial Auto policy includes a blanket automatic additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder only when there is a written contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires such status. (Business Auto Extension Endorsement CAT3530310) Commercial Auto policy includes a blanket waiver of subrogation endorsement that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires it. (Business Auto Extension Endorsement CAT3530310) Auto policy includes a blanket 60 day Notice of Cancellation endorsement that provides this feature only if there is a written contract agreement between the insured and the certificate holder that requires it. (Endorsement #CAF0850215) Workers Compensation policy includes a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation endorsement that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires it. (Texas Waiver of our Right to Recover from Others Endorsement WC420304 (B) Workers Compensation policy includes a blanket 60 days Notice of Cancellation endorsement that provides this feature only if there is a written contract between the insured and the certificate holder. (Endorsement #WC9906Q1 (00) ) The following officer is excluded under the Workers Compensation policy per Form WC420308 (00) - Texas Partners, Officers and Others Exclusion Endorsement: Joe Fulton Project #E15152 Ba shore Park Design Build Y 9 ACORD 101 (2008/01) © 2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED -AUTOMATIC STATUS IF REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT (CONTRACTORS) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART 1. The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any person or organization that: a. You agree in a "written contract requiring in- surance" to include as an additional insured on this Coverage Part; and b. Has not been added as an additional insured for the same project by attachment of an en- dorsement under this Coverage Part which includes such person or organization in the endorsement's schedule; is an Insured, but: a. Only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal injury"; and b. Only as described in Paragraph (1), (2) or (3) below, whichever applies: (1) If the "written contract requiring insur- ance" specifically requires you to provide additional insured coverage to that per- son or organization by the use of: (a) The Additional Insured — Owners, Lessees or Contractors — (Form B) endorsement CG 20 10 11 85; or (b) Either or both of the following: the Additional Insured — Owners, Les- sees or Contractors — Scheduled Person Or Organization endorsement CG 20 10 10 01, or the Additional In- sured — Owners, Lessees or Contrac- tors — Completed Operations en- dorsement CG 20 37 10 01; the person or organization is an additional insured only if the injury or damage arises out of "your work" to which the "written contract requiring insurance" applies; (2) If the "written contract requiring insur- ance" specifically requires you to provide additional insured coverage to that per- son or organization by the use of: (3) (a) The Additional Insured — Owners, Lessees or Contractors — Scheduled Person or Organization endorsement CG 20 10 07 04 or CG 20 1004 13, the Additional Insured — Owners, Lessees or Contractors — Completed Operations endorsement CG 20 37 07 04 or CG 20 37 04 13, or both of such endorsements with either of those edition dates; or (b) Either or both of the following: the Additional Insured — Owners, Les- sees or Contractors — Scheduled Person Or Organization endorsement CG 20 10, or the Additional Insured — Owners, Lessees or Contractors — Completed Operations endorsement CG 20 37, without an edition date of such endorsement specified; the person or organization is an additional insured only if the injury or damage is caused, in whole or in part, by acts or omissions of you or your subcontractor in the performance of "your work" to which the "written contract requiring insurance" applies; or If neither Paragraph (1) nor (2) above ap- plies: (a) The person or organization is an ad- ditional insured only if, and to the ex- tent that, the injury or damage is caused by acts or omissions of you or your subcontractor in the perform- ance of "your work" to which the "writ- ten contract requiring insurance" ap- plies; and (b) The person or organization does not qualify as an additional insured with respect to the independent acts or omissions of such person or organi- zation. CG D6 04 08 13 @ 2013 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 3 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 2. The insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is limited as follows: a. If the Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Part shown in the Declarations exceed the minimum limits of liability required by the "written contract requiring insurance", the in- surance provided to the additional insured will be limited to such minimum required limits of liability. For the purposes of determining whether this limitation applies, the minimum limits of liability required by the "written con- tract requiring insurance" will be considered to include the minimum limits of liability of any Umbrella or Excess liability coverage required for the additional insured by that "written con- tract requiring insurance". This endorsement will not increase the limits of insurance de- scribed in Section III — Limits Of Insurance. b. The insurance provided to the additional in- sured does not apply to "bodily injury", "prop- erty damage" or "personal injury" arising out of the rendering of, or failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or sur- veying services, including: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop draw- ings, opinions, reports, surveys, field or- ders or change orders, or the preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or ap- prove, drawings and specifications; and (2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. c. The insurance provided to the additional in- sured does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused by "your work" and included in the "products -completed opera- tions hazard" unless the "written contract re- quiring insurance" specifically requires you to provide such coverage for that additional in- sured during the policy period. 3. The insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance, whether primary, ex- cess, contingent or on any other basis, that is available to the additional insured. However, if the "written contract requiring insurance" specifically requires that this insurance apply on a primary basis or a primary and non-contributory basis, this insurance is primary to other insurance available to the additional insured under which that person or organization qualifies as a named insured, and we will not share with that other insurance. But the insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement still is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, that is available to the additional insured when that per- son or organization is an additional insured, or is any other insured that does not qualify as a named insured, under such other insurance. 4. As a condition of coverage provided to the addi- tional insured by this endorsement: a. The additional insured must give us written notice as soon as practicable of an "occur- rence" or an offense which may result in a claim. To the extent possible, such notice should include: (1) How, when and where the "occurrence" or offense took place; (2) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and (3) The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence" or offense. b. If a claim is made or "suit" is brought against the additional insured, the additional insured must: (1) Immediately record the specifics of the claim or "suit" and the date received; and (2) Notify us as soon as practicable. The additional insured must see to it that we receive written notice of the claim or "suit" as soon as practicable. c. The additional insured must immediately send us copies of all legal papers received in con- nection with the claim or "suit", cooperate with us in the investigation or settlement of the claim or defense against the "suit", and oth- erwise comply with all policy conditions. d. The additional insured must tender the de- fense and indemnity of any claim or "suit" to any provider of other insurance which would cover the additional insured for a loss we cover under this endorsement. However, this condition does not affect whether the insur- ance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is primary to other insurance available to the additional insured which cov- ers that person or organization as a named insured as described in Paragraph 3. above. 5. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Sec- tion: "Written contract requiring insurance" means that part of any written contract or agreement under which you are required to include a person or or - Page 2 of 3 © 2013 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D6 04 08 13 ganization as an additional Insured on this Cover- age Part, provided that the "bodily injury" and "property damage" occurs, and the "personal in- jury" is caused by an offense committed, during the policy period and: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY a. After the signing and execution of the contract or agreement by you; and b. While that part of the contract or agreement is in effect. CG D6 04 08 13 ® 2013 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 3 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTORS XTEND ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE — This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or limited by another endorsement to this Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general cover- age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply to these coverages. Read all the provisions of this en- dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A. Aircraft Chartered With Pilot B. Damage To Premises Rented To You C. Increased Supplementary Payments D. Incidental Medical Malpractice E. Who Is An Insured — Newly Acquired Or Formed Organizations F. Who Is An Insured — Broadened Named Insured — Unnamed Subsidiaries G. Blanket Additional Insured — Owners, Managers Or Lessors Of Premises PROVISIONS A. AIRCRAFT CHARTERED WITH PILOT The following is added to Exclusion g., Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft, in Paragraph 2. of SECTION I — COVERAGES — COVERAGE A BODILY IN- JURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: This exclusion does not apply to an aircraft that is: (a) Chartered with a pilot to any insured; (b) Not owned by any insured; and (c) Not being used to carry any person or prop- erty for a charge. B. DAMAGE TO PREMISES RENTED TO YOU 1. The first paragraph of the exceptions in Ex- clusion J., Damage To Property, in Para- graph 2. of SECTION 1 — COVERAGES — COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY is deleted. 2. The following replaces the last paragraph of Paragraph 2., Exclusions, of SECTION I — COVERAGES — COVERAGE A. BODILY CG D3 16 11 11 H. Blanket Additional Insured — Lessors Of Leased Equipment I. Blanket Additional Insured — States Or Political Subdivisions — Permits J. Knowledge And Notice Of Occurrence Or Offense K. Unintentional Omission L. Blanket Waiver Of Subrogation M. Amended Bodily Injury Definition N. Contractual Liability — Railroads INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LI- ABILITY: Exclusions c. and g. through n. do not apply to "premises damage". Exclusion f.(1)(a) does not apply to "premises damage" caused by: a. Fire; b. Explosion; c. Lightning; d. Smoke resulting from such fire, explosion. or lightning; or e. Water; unless Exclusion f. of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability is replaced by another endorsement to this Coverage Part that has Exclusion — All Pollu- tion Injury Or Damage or Total Pollution Ex- clusion in its title. A separate limit of insurance applies to "premises damage" as described in Para- graph 6. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF IN- SURANCE. © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 6 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 3. The following replaces Paragraph 6. of SEC- TION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE: Subject to 5. above, the Damage To Prem- ises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "premises damage" to any one premises. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit will apply to all "property damage" proximately caused by the same "occur- rence", whether such damage results from: fire; explosion; lightning; smoke resulting from such fire, explosion, or lightning: or water; or any combination of any of these causes. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit will be: a. The amount shown for the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit on the Declarations of this Coverage Part; or b. $300.000 if no amount Is shown for the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit on the Declarations of this Coverage Part. 4. The following replaces Paragraph a. of the definition of "insured contract" in the DEFINI- TIONS Section: a. A contract for a lease of premises. How- ever. that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for "premises damage" is not an "insured contract"; 5. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Section: "Premises damage" means "property dam- age" to: a. Any premises while rented to you or tem- porarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; or b. The contents of any premises while such premises is rented to you, If you rent such premises for a period of seven or fewer consecutive days. 6. The following replaces Paragraph 4.b.(1)(b) of SECTION IV -- COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: (b) That is insurance for "premises damage"; or 7. Paragraph 4.b.(1)(c) of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CON- DITIONS is deleted. C. INCREASED SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS 1. The following replaces Paragraph 1.b. of SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVER- AGES A AND B of SECTION 1 — COVER- AGE: b. Up to $2.500 for the cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to fur- nish these bonds. 2. The following replaces Paragraph 1.d. of SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVER- AGES A AND B of SECTION I — COVER- AGES: d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit", including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. D. INCIDENTAL MEDICAL MALPRACTICE 1. The following is added to the definition of "oc- currence" in the DEFINITIONS Section: "Occurrence" also means an act or omission committed in providing or failing to provide "incidental medical services". first aid or "Good Samaritan services" to a person. 2. The following is added to Paragraph 2.a.(1) of SECTION II—WHO IS AN INSURED: Paragraph (1)(d) above does not apply to "bodily injury" arising out of providing or fail- ing to provide: (1) "Incidental medical services" by any of your "employees" who is a nurse practi- tioner, registered nurse, licensed practical nurse, nurse assistant, emergency medi- cal technician or paramedic; or (ii) First aid or "Good Samaritan services" by any of your "employees" or "volunteer workers", other than an employed or vol- unteer doctor. Any such "employees" or "volunteer workers" providing or failing to provide first aid or "Good Samaritan ser- vices" during their work hours for you will be deemed to be acting within the scope of their employment by you or performing duties related to the conduct of your busi- ness. Page 2 of 6 0 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D3 16 11 11 3. The following is added to Paragraph 5. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE: For the purposes of determining the applica- ble Each Occurrence Limit, all related acts or omissions committed in providing or failing to provide "incidental medical services", first aid or "Good Samaritan services" to any one per- son will be deemed to be one "occurrence". 4. The following exclusion is added to Para- graph 2., Exclusions, of SECTION I — COV- ERAGES — COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: Sale Of Pharmaceuticals "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the willful violation of a penal statute or ordinance relating to the sale of pharmaceuti- cals committed by, or with the knowledge or consent of, the insured. 5. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Section: "Incidental medical services" means: a. Medical, surgical, dental, laboratory, x-ray or nursing service or treatment, advice or instruction, or the related furnishing of food or beverages; or b. The furnishing or dispensing of drugs or medical, dental, or surgical supplies or appliances. "Good Samaritan services" means any emer- gency medical services for which no compen- sation is demanded or received. 6. The following is added to Paragraph 4.b., Ex- cess Insurance, of SECTION IV — COM- MERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDI- TIONS: The insurance is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to the in- sured, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. that is available to any of your "employees" or "volunteer workers" for "bodily injury" that arises out of providing or failing to provide "incidental medical ser- vices", first aid or "Good Samaritan services" to any person to the extent not subject to Paragraph 2.a.(1) of Section II — Who Is An Insured. E. WHO IS AN INSURED — NEWLY ACQUIRED OR FORMED ORGANIZATIONS The following replaces Paragraph 4. of SECTION II —WHO IS AN INSURED: CG D3 16 11 11 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 4. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, joint venture or lim- ited liability company, of which you are the sole owner or in which you maintain the ma- jority ownership interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other insurance which provides similar coverage to that or- ganization. However. a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only: (1) Until the 180th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier, if you do not report such organization in writing to us within 180 days after you acquire or form it; or (2) Until the end of the policy period, when that date is later than 180 days after you acquire or form such organization, if you report such organization in writing to us within 180 days after you acquire or form it, and we agree in writing that it will con- tinue to be a Named Insured until the end of the policy period; b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and c. Coverage B does not apply to "personal in- jury" or "advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. F. WHO IS AN INSURED — BROADENED NAMED INSURED — UNNAMED SUBSIDIARIES The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any of your subsidiaries, other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declara- tions is a Named Insured if you maintain an own- ership interest of more than 50% in such subsidi- ary on the first day of the policy period. No such subsidiary is an insured for "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred, or "personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an of- fense committed after the date, if any. during the policy period, that you no longer maintain an ownership interest of more than 50% in such sub- sidiary. 0 2011 The Travelers indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 6 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY G. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — OWNERS, MANAGERS OR LESSORS OF PREMISES The following is added to SECTION 1I — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any person or organization that is a premises owner, manager or lessor and that you have agreed in a written contract or agreement to in- clude as an additional insured on this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage", "personal injury" or "advertising injury" that a. Is "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or is "personal Injury" or "advertising Injury" caused by an offense that is commit- ted, subsequent to the execution of that con- tract or agreement; and b. Arises out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of any premises leased to you. The insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor is subject to the following pro- visions: a. The limits of insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor will be the minimum limits which you agreed to pro- vide in the written contract or agreement, or the limits shown on the Declarations, which- ever are less. b. The insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor does not apply to: (1) Any "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or "personal injury" or "adver- tising injury" caused by an offense that is committed, after you cease to be a tenant in that premises; or (2) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such premises owner, lessor or manager. c. The insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to such premises owner, manager or lessor, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, unless you have agreed in the written contract or agreement that thls in- surance must be primary to, or non- contributory with, such other insurance, in which case this insurance will be primary to, and non-contributory with, such other insur- ance. Page 4 of 6 H. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — LESSORS OF LEASED EQUIPMENT The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any person or organization that is an equipment lessor and that you have agreed in a written con- tract or agreement to include as an insured on this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with re- spect to liability for "bodily injury", "property dam- age", "personal injury" or "advertising injury" that a. Is "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or is "personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an offense that is commit- ted, subsequent to the execution of that con- tract or agreement; and b. Is caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions in the maintenance, operation or use of equipment leased to you by such equipment lessor. The insurance provided to such equipment lessor is subject to the following provisions: a. The limits of insurance provided to such equipment lessor will be the minimum limits which you agreed to provide in the written contract or agreement, or the limits shown on the Declarations, whichever are less. b. The insurance provided to such equipment lessor does not apply to any "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or "personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an of- fense that is committed, after the equipment lease expires. c. The insurance provided to such equipment lessor is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to such equipment lessor, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, unless you have agreed in the written contract or agreement that this insurance must be primary to, or non-contributory with, such other insurance, in which case this insurance will be primary to, and non-contributory with, such other in- surance. I. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — STATES OR POLITICAL SUBDIVISIONS — PERMITS The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any state or political subdivision that has issued a permit in connection with operations performed by you or on your behalf and that you are required © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D3 16 11 11 by any ordinance, law or building code to include as an additional insured on this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage", "personal in- jury" or "advertising injury" arising out of such op- erations. The insurance provided to such state or political subdivision does not apply to: a. Any "bodily injury," "property damage," "per- sonal injury" or "advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for that state or po- litical subdivision; or b. Any "bodily injury" or "property damage" in- cluded in the "products -completed operations hazard". J. KNOWLEDGE AND NOTICE OF OCCUR- RENCE OR OFFENSE The following is added to Paragraph 2., Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit, of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GEN- ERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: e. The following provisions apply to Paragraph a. above, but only for the purposes of the in- surance provided under this Coverage Part to you or any insured listed in Paragraph 1. or 2. of Section II — Who Is An Insured: (1) Notice to us of such "occurrence" or of- fense must be given as soon as practica- ble only after the "occurrence" or offense is known by you (if you are an individual), any of your partners or members who is an individual (if you are a partnership or joint venture), any of your managers who is an individual (if you are a limited liability company), any of your "executive offi- cers" or directors (if you are an organiza- tion other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) or any "em- ployee" authorized by you to give notice of an "occurrence" or offense. (2) If you are a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, and none of your partners, joint venture members or man- agers are individuals, notice to us of such "occurrence" or offense must be given as soon as practicable only after the "occur- rence" or offense is known by: (a) Any individual who is: (I) A partner or member of any part- nership or joint venture; CG D3 16 11 11 (3) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY (II) A manager of any limited liability company; or (iii) An executive officer or director of any other organization; that is your partner, joint venture member or manager; or (b) Any "employee" authorized by such partnership, joint venture, limited li- ability company or other organization to give notice of an "occurrence" or offense. Notice to us of such "occurrence" or of an offense will be deemed to be given as soon as practicable if it is given in good faith as soon as practicable to your work- ers' compensation insurer. This applies only if you subsequently give notice to us of the "occurrence" or offense as soon as practicable after any of the persons de- scribed in Paragraphs e. (1) or (2) above discovers that the "occurrence" or offense may result in sums to which the insurance provided under this Coverage Part may apply. However, if this Coverage Part includes an en- dorsement that provides limited coverage for "bodily injury" or "property damage" or pollution costs arising out of a discharge, release or es- cape of "pollutants" which contains a requirement that the discharge, release or escape of "pollut- ants" must be reported to us within a specific number of days after its abrupt commencement, this Paragraph e. does not affect that require- ment. K. UNINTENTIONAL OMISSION The following is added to Paragraph 6., Repre- sentations, of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: The unintentional omission of, or unintentional error in, any information provided by you which we relied upon in issuing this policy will not preju- dice your rights under this insurance. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or to exercise our rights of cancellation or nonrenewal in accordance with applicable insurance laws or regulations. L. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION The following is added to Paragraph 8., Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LI- ABILITY CONDITIONS: 0 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 6 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY If the insured has agreed in a contract or agree- ment to waive that insured's right of recovery against any person or organization, we waive our right of recovery against such person or organiza- tion, but only for payments we make because of: a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" that oc- curs; or b. "Personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an offense that is committed: subsequent to the execution of that contract or agreement. M. AMENDED BODILY INJURY DEFINITION The following replaces the definition of "bodily injury" in the DEFINITIONS Section: 3. "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright, disability, humiliation, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including death resulting from any of these at any time. N. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY — RAILROADS 1. The following replaces Paragraph c. of the definition of "insured contract" in the DEFINI- TIONS Section: c. Any easement or license agreement; 2. Paragraph f.(1) of the definition of "insured contract" in the DEFINITIONS Section is de- leted. Page 6 of 6 © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. A(I rights reserved. CGD3161111 POLICY NUMBER: D-C0--3F36837A-TIA-15 ISSUE DATE: 01-12-16 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. EARLIER NOTICE OF CANCELLATION/NONRENEWAL PROVIDED BY US -- TEXAS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BOILER AND MACHINERY COVERAGE PART BUSINESSOWNERS POLICY COMMERCIAL EXCESS LIABILITY (UMBRELLA) INSURANCE COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART-- CONTRACTORS COMMERCIAL INLAND MARINE COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL PROPERTY COVERAGE PART CRIME COVERAGE PART DELUXE PROPERTY COVERAGE FORM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART EXCESS (FOLLOWING FORM) LIABILITY INSURANCE FARM COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART OWNERS AND CONTRACTORS PROTECTIVE LIABIUTY COVERAGE PART RAILROAD PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE CANCELLATION: Number of Days Notice: 60 WHEN WE DO NOT RENEW (Nonrenewal): Number of Days Notice: PROVISIONS: A. For any statutorily permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, the number of days re- quired for notice of cancellation, as provided In the CONDITIONS Section of this insurance, or as amended by any applicable state cancellation en- dorsement applicable to this insurance, is In- creased to the number of days shown in the SCHEDULE above. B. For any statutorily permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, the number of days re- quired for notice of When We Do Not Renew (Nonrenewal), as provided In the CONDITIONS Section of this insurance, or as amended by any applicable state When We Do Not Renew (Nonre- newal) endorsement applicable to this insurance, is increased to the number of days shown In the SCHEDULE above. IL FO 25 09 98 Copyright. The Travelers Indemnity Company, 1998 Page 1 of 1 COMMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE — This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or limited by another endorsement to the Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general cover- age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply to these coverages. Read all the provisions of this en- dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED C. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — INCREASED LIMITS F. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV- ERAGE — INDEMNITY BASIS G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE — GLASS PROVISIONS A. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION I1— COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any organization you newly acquire or form dur- ing the policy period over which you maintain 50% or more ownership interest and that is not separately insured for Business Auto Coverage. Coverage under this provision is afforded only un- til the 180th day after you acquire or form the or- ganization or the end of the policy period, which- ever is earlier. B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED The following is added to Paragraph c. in A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any person or organization who is required under a written contract or agreement between you and that person or organization, that is signed and executed by you before the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs and that is in effect during the policy period, to be named as an addi- tional insured is an "insured" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage, but only for damages to which CA T3 53 0215 H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE — LOSS OF USE — INCREASED LIMIT I. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES — INCREASED LIMIT J. PERSONAL PROPERTY K. AIRBAGS L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR LOSS M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS this insurance applies and only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured provision contained in Section II. C. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO 1. The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — COV- ERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: An "employee" of yours Is an "insured" while operating an "auto" hired or rented under a contract or agreement in an "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your busi- ness. 2. The following replaces Paragraph b. in B.5., Other Insurance, of SECTION IV — BUSI- NESS AUTO CONDITIONS: b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage Cover- age, the following are deemed to be cov- ered "autos" you own: (1) Any covered "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and (2) Any covered "auto" hired or rented by your "employee" under a contract in an "employee's" name, with your ® 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. AU rights reserved. Page 1 of 4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. COMMERCIAL AUTO permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your busi- ness. However, any "auto" that is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto". D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED The following is added to Paragraph Al., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any "employee" of yours is an "insured" while us- ing a covered "auto" you don't own, hire or borrow in your business or your personal affairs. E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — INCREASED LIMITS 1. The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(2), of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABIL- ITY COVERAGE: (2) Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (in- cluding bonds for related traffic law viola- tions) required because of an "accident' we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 2. The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(4), of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABIL- ITY COVERAGE: (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the "insured" at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day be- cause of time off from work. F. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV- ERAGE — INDEMNITY BASIS The following replaces Subparagraph (5) in Para- graph B.7., Policy Period, Coverage Territory, of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI- TIONS: (5) Anywhere in the world, except any country or jurisdiction while any trade sanction, em- bargo, or similar regulation imposed by the United States of America applies to and pro- hibits the transaction of business with or within such country or jurisdiction, for Cov- ered Autos Liability Coverage for any covered "auto" that you lease, hire, rent or borrow without a driver for a period of 30 days or less and that is not an "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow from any of your "employees", partners (If you are a partnership), members (if you are a limited liability company) or members of their households. (a) With respect to any claim made or "suit" brought outside the United States of America, the territories and possessions of the United States of America, Puerto Rico and Canada: (I) You must arrange to defend the "in- sured" against, and investigate or set- tle any such claim or "suit" and keep us advised of all proceedings and ac- tions. (11) Neither you nor any other involved "insured" will make any settlement without our consent (11I) We may, at our discretion, participate in defending the "insured" against, or in the settlement of, any claim or "suit". (Iv) We will reimburse the "insured" for sums that the "insured" legally must pay as damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" to which this insurance applies, that the "in- sured" pays with our consent, but only up to the limit described in Para- graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE. (v) We will reimburse the "insured" for the reasonable expenses incurred with our consent for your investiga- tion of such claims and your defense of the "insured" against any such "suit", but only up to and included within the limit described in Para- graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE. and not in addition to such limit. Our duty to make such payments ends when we have used up the applicable limit of insurance in payments for damages, settlements or defense expenses. (b) This insurance is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to the "insured" whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. (c) This insurance is not a substitute for re- quired or compulsory insurance in any country outside the United States, its ter- ritories and possessions, Puerto Rico and Canada. Page 2 of 4 ® 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office. Inc. with its permission. CA T3 53 0215 You agree to maintain all required or compulsory insurance in any such coun- try up to the minimum limits required by local law. Your failure to comply with compulsory insurance requirements will not invalidate the coverage afforded by this policy, but we will only be liable to the same extent we would have been liable had you complied with the compulsory in- surance requirements. (d) It is understood that we are not an admit- ted or authorized insurer outside the United States of America, its territories and possessions, Puerto Rico and Can- ada. We assume no responsibility for the furnishing of certificates of insurance, or for compliance in any way with the laws of other countries relating to insurance. G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE — GLASS The following is added to Paragraph D., Deducti- ble, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: No deductible for a covered "auto" will apply to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced. H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE — LOSS OF USE — INCREASED LIMIT The following replaces the last sentence of Para- graph A.4.b., Loss Of Use Expenses, of SEC- TION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: However, the most we will pay for any expenses for loss of use is $65 per day, to a maximum of $750 for any one "accident". I. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES — INCREASED LIMIT The following replaces the first sentence in Para- graph A.4.a., Transportation Expenses, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVER- AGE: We will pay up to $50 per day to a maximum of $1,500 for temporary transportation expense in- curred by you because of the total theft of a cov- ered "auto" of the private passenger type. J. PERSONAL PROPERTY The following is added to Paragraph A.4., Cover- age Extensions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: Personal Property We will pay up to $400 for "loss" to wearing ap- parel and other personal property which is: (1) Owned by an "insured"; and COMMERCIAL AUTO (2) In or on your covered "auto". This coverage applies only in the event of a total theft of your covered "auto". No deductibles apply to this Personal Property coverage. K. AIRBAGS The following is added to Paragraph B.3., Exclu- sions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: Exclusion 3.a. does not apply to "loss" to one or more airbags in a covered "auto" you own that in- flate due to a cause other than a cause of "loss" set forth in Paragraphs A.1.b. and A.1.c., but only: a. If that "auto" is a covered "auto" for Compre- hensive Coverage under this policy; b. The airbags are not covered under any war- ranty; and c. The airbags were not intentionally inflated. We will pay up to a maximum of $1,000 for any one "loss". L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR LOSS The following is added to Paragraph A.2.a., of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: Your duty to give us or our authorized representa- tive prompt notice of the "accident" or "loss" ap- plies only when the "accident" or "loss" is known to: (a) You (if you are an individual); (b) A partner (if you are a partnership); (c) A member (if you are a limited liability com- pany); (d) An executive officer, director or insurance manager (if you are a corporation or other or- ganization); or (e) Any "employee" authorized by you to give no- tice of the "accident" or "loss". M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION The following replaces Paragraph A.5., Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI- TIONS: 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us We waive any right of recovery we may have against any person or organization to the ex- tent required of you by a written contract signed and executed prior to any "accident" or "loss". provided that the "accident" or "loss" arises out of operations contemplated by CA T3 53 02 15 ® 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its perrnission. COMMERCIAL AUTO such contract. The waiver applies only to the person or organization designated in such contract. N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS The following is added to Paragraph B.2.. Con- cealment, Misrepresentation, Or Fraud. of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: The unintentional omission of, or unintentional error In, any information given by you shall not prejudice your rights under this Insurance. How- ever this provision does not affect our right to col- lect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non -renewal. Page 4 of 4 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. CA T3 53 0215 COMMERCIAL AUTO POLICY NUMBER: BA- 31:'371582 -15 -ONO ISSUE DATE: 01-12-16 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. EARLIER NOTICE OF CANCELLATION/NONRENEWAL PROVIDED BY US - TEXAS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM CANCELLATION: WHEN WE DO NOT RENEW (Nonrenewal): SCHEDULE Number of Days Notice: 60 Number of Days Notice: 60 PROVISIONS: A. For any statutorily permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, the number of days required for notice of cancellation, as provided in the CONDITIONS Section of this Insurance, or as amended by any applicable state cancellation endorsement applicable to this Insurance, Is in- creased to the number of days shown in the SCHEDULE above. B. For any statutorily permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, the number of days required for notice of When We Do Not Renew (Nonrenewal), as provided In the CONDITIONS Section of this insurance, or as amended by any applicable state When We Do Not Renew (Non- renewal) endorsement applicable to this insur- ance, is increased to the number of days shown in the SCHEDULE above. CA FO 85 02 15 ®2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. M rights reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with Its permission. Page 1 of 1 TRAVELERS J~ ONE TOWER SQUARE HARTFORD, CT 06183 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY ENDORSEMENT WC 42 03 04 ( B) — 001 POLICY NUMBER: (DTNUB-3F37258-A-15) TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 1. [] Specific Waiver Name of person or organization ® Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. 2. Operations: ALL TEXAS OPERATIONS 3. Premium: The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 2.0 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations described. 4. Advance Premium: SEE SCHEDULE This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below Is required only when this endorsement Is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective Policy No. Endorsement No. Insured Premium Insurance Company Countersigned by DATE OF ISSUE: 01-18-16 ST ASSIGN: 0 Copyright 2014 National Council on Conpensaton Insurance, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Page 1 of 1 TRAVElERglik ONE TOWER SQUARE HARTFORD, CT 06183 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY ENDORSEMENT WC 99 06 Q1 (00) POLICY NUMBER: (DTNUB-3F37258-A-15) EARLIER NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OR NONRENEWAL BY US ENDORSEMENT The following modifies the Cancellation condition In PART SIX — CONDITIONS or in any endorsement forming a part of this policy that amends such condition: If we cancel or do not renew this policy for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, we will increase the number of days advance notice for cancellation or nonrenewal from the number of days required by applicable law to the number of days shown In the Schedule. SCHEDULE NUMBER OF DAYS 60 All other terms and conditions of this policy remain unchanged. This endorsement changes the policy to which It Is attached and Is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective Polley No. Endorsement No. Insured Premium $ Insurance Company Countersigned by DATE OF ISSUE: 01-18-16 ST ASSIGN: Page 1 of 1 0 2D11 The Travelers lndernrtfyCompany. NI rights reserved. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents 00 01 0DB - 1 E15152 Bayshore Park REV 07-23-2015 00 01 00DB Design-Build Table of Contents Division/Section Title Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements RFQ Request For Qualifications and Response RFP Request for Proposal and Response 00 30 02 Compliance to State Law on Nonresident Bidders 00 30 05 Disclosure of Interest 00 30 06 Non-Collusion Certification 00500DB Agreement 00 61 13 Performance Bond 00 61 16 Payment Bond 00 72 00 General Conditions 00 72 01DB Insurance Requirements 00 72 02 Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 03 Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy 00 73 00DB Supplementary Conditions 00 74 00 Special Conditions for Funding Agency Division 01 General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work 01 29 00 Application for Payment Procedures 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination 01 31 13 Project Coordination 01 31 14 Change Management 01 33 00 Document Management 01 33 02 Shop Drawings 01 33 03 Record Data 01 33 04 Construction Progress Schedule 01 33 05 Video and Photographic Documentation 01 34 01 Buy American Provisions (ARRA) 01 34 02 Buy American Certification (ARRA) 01 34 03 Buy American Provisions (TWDB) 01 34 04 Buy American Certification (TWDB) 01 35 00 Special Procedures 01 40 00 Quality Management 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 57 00 Temporary Controls 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements Compliance to State Law on Nonresident Bidders 00 30 02 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS  Chapter 2252 of the Texas Government Code applies to the award of government contract to  nonresident bidders.  This law provides that:  “a government entity may not award a governmental contract to a nonresident bidder unless the  nonresident underbids the lower bid submitted by a responsible resident bidder by an amount that  is not less than the amount by which a resident bidder would be required to underbid the  nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident’s  principal place of business is located.”  “Nonresident bidder” refers to a person who is not a resident of Texas.  “Resident bidder” refers to a person whose principal place of business is in this state, including a  contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in  this state.  Check the statement that is correct for Bidder.  ☐ Bidder qualifies as a nonresident bidder whose principal place of business or residency is in   the State of    .    ☐ Bidder (includes parent company or majority owner) qualifies as a resident bidder whose  principal place of business is in the State of Texas.  The Owner will use the information provided in the State of Texas Comptroller’s annual publication of  other states’ laws on contracts to evaluate the Bids of nonresident Bidders.  Bidder:  Company Name:    (typed or printed) By:    (signature ‐‐attach evidence of authority to sign)  Name:    (typed or printed) Title:   Business address:         Phone:    Email:   END OF SECTION  SUPPLIER NUMBER __________ TO BE ASSIGNED BY CITY PURCHASING DIVISION CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST City of Corpus Christi Ordinance 17112, as amended, requires all persons or firms seeking to do business with the City to provide the following information. Every question must be answered. If the question is not applicable, answer with “NA”. See reverse side for Filing Requirements, Certifications and definitions. COMPANY NAME: P. O. BOX: STREET ADDRESS: CITY: ZIP: - FIRM IS: 1. Corporation 2. Partnership 3. Sole Owner 4. Association 5. Other ____________________________________ DISCLOSURE QUESTIONS If additional space is necessary, please use the reverse side of this page or attach separate sheet. 1. State the names of each “employee” of the City of Corpus Christi having an “ownership interest” constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.” Name Job Title and City Department (if known) 2. State the names of each “official” of the City of Corpus Christi having an “ownership interest” constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.” Name Title 3. State the names of each “board member” of the City of Corpus Christi having an “ownership interest” constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.” Name Board, Commission or Committee 4. State the names of each employee or officer of a “consultant” for the City of Corpus Christi who worked on any matter related to the subject of this contract and has an “ownership interest” constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.” Name Consultant FILING REQUIREMENTS If a person who requests official action on a matter knows that the requested action will confer an economic benefit on any City official or employee that is distinguishable from the effect that the action will have on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof, you shall disclose that fact in a signed writing to the City official, employee or body that has been requested to act in the matter, unless the interest of the City official or employee in the matter is apparent. The disclosure shall also be made in a signed writing filed with the City Secretary. [Ethics Ordinance Section 2-349 (d)] CERTIFICATION I certify that all information provided is true and correct as of the date of this statement, that I have not knowingly withheld disclosure of any information requested; and that supplemental statements will be promptly submitted to the City of Corpus Christi, Texas as changes occur. Certifying Person: Title: (Type or Print) Signature of Certifying Person: Date: DEFINITIONS a. “Board member.” A member of any board, commission, or committee appointed by the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. b. “Economic benefit”. An action that is likely to affect an economic interest if it is likely to have an effect on that interest that is distinguishable from its effect on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof. c. “Employee.” Any person employed by the City of Corpus Christi, Texas either on a full or part - time basis, but not as an independent contractor. d. “Firm.” Any entity operated for economic gain, whether professional, industrial or commercial, and whether established to produce or deal with a product or service, including but not limited to, entities operated in the form of sole proprietorship, as self-employed person, partnership, corporation, joint stock company, joint venture, receivership or trust, and entities which for purposes of taxation are treated as non-profit organizations. e. “Official.” The Mayor, members of the City Council, City Manager, Deputy City Manager, Assistant City Managers, Department and Division Heads, and Municipal Court Judges of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. f. “Ownership Interest.” Legal or equitable interest, whether actually or constructively held, in a firm, including when such interest is held through an agent, trust, estate, or holding entity. “Constructively held” refers to holdings or control established through voting trusts, proxies, or special terms of venture or partnership agreements.” g. “Consultant.” Any person or firm, such as engineers and architects, hired by the City of Corpus Christi for the purpose of professional consultation and recommendation. Non‐Collusion Certification 00 30 06 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  00 30 06 NON‐COLLUSION CERTIFICATION  STATE OF TEXAS  COUNTY OF NUECES  OWNER: City of Corpus Christi, Texas    1201 Leopard Street    Corpus Christi, Texas 78401    CONTRACT: Bayshore Park    E15152  Respondent certifies that the it has not been a party to any collusion among Respondent in the restraint  of freedom of competition by agreement to submit a Bid/Proposal at a fixed price or to refrain from  bidding/responding; or with any official or employee of the Owner as to quantity, quality, or price in the  prospective contract, or any other terms of said prospective contract; or in any discussion between  Respondents and any official of the Owner concerning exchange of money or other thing of value for  special consideration in the letting of a contract.  Company Name:    (typed or printed) By:    (signature ‐‐attach evidence of authority to sign)  Name:    (typed or printed) Title:   Business address:         Phone:    Email:   END OF SECTION  Design‐Build Agreement  00 50 00DB ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park      Rev 07/01/2015  00 50 00DB DESIGN-BUILD AGREEMENT This AGREEMENT, for the Project awarded on ________________, ______, is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and _____________________________(Design-Builder), for services in connection with the Project identified below: PROJECT: Bayshore Park Design-Build, Corpus Christi, Texas, RFQ No. 2015-05, Project ID No. E15152. In consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations contained herein, Owner and Design- Builder agree as set forth herein. ARTICLE 1 – SCOPE OF WORK AND CONTRACT PRICE 1.1 Design-Builder shall perform all design and construction services, and provide all material, equipment, tools and labor, necessary to complete the Work described in and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. The Contract Price for all services and work will be $___________________. The scope of services upon which the Contract Price will be based, is attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement and made a part hereof. 1.2 Phases of Services and the Work. The services and the Work to be performed by or through the Design-Builder shall be divided into the Preconstruction Phase and the Construction Phase. Following Schematic Design Services, the Owner will review and issue a Notice to Proceed for the remainder of the Design-Build services. The Work to be performed under the Construction Phase may commence before the Preconstruction Phase is completed. However, no Work shall commence under the Construction Phase until a Notice to Proceed with regard to such Work has been issued by the Owner in accordance with the terms of the Contract. 1.3 Preconstruction Phase Services 1.3.1 As part of the Request for Qualifications documents for this Project, Design-Builder received the Owner's program requirements and objectives for the Project, and which is incorporated by reference herein. Design-Builder has provided to owner preliminary design specifications and an initial project schedule for the design and construction phases of the Project. 1.3.2 Schematic Design Documents. Design-Builder shall prepare Schematic Design Documents. The Design-Builder shall prepare schematic design options to meet architectural design program requirements for Owner’s consideration. The Owner will review and approve the schematic design options to be developed for final Schematic Design Documents. The parties shall meet to discuss the Schematic Design Documents and agree upon what revisions, if any, should be made. Design-Builder shall perform such agreed-upon revisions. Design‐Build Agreement  00 50 00DB ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park      Rev 07/01/2015  .1 If applicable, as part of the Schematic Design Documents, the Design-Builder shall establish an architectural design program for Owner’s review and approval in narrative form, describing major functional elements, space requirements and relationships between the elements, requirements within each space (environmental, acoustical, lighting, electrical, communications, cabinetry, security, etc.), site development requirements, code requirements, aesthetic requirements and other special considerations. Design-Builder shall include programming efforts such as reviewing existing building and site conditions, reviewing existing record documents, making measured drawings of existing construction as necessary, interviewing personnel, reviewing inventories of furniture, equipment and materials, attending meetings and taking other actions as necessary to establish the scope of the Project as dictated by the Owner's needs. 1.4 Quality Control Plan (QCP) 1.4.1 The Design-Builder agrees to perform quality assurance-quality control/ constructability reviews in accordance with the Design-Builder's approved Quality Control Plan (QCP), that is incorporated by reference and which includes any subsequent revisions approved by Owner. The QCP is to be submitted to the Owner for approval prior to the Owner's issuance of a Notice to Proceed to the Design-Builder. In addition to providing the reports required by the QCP, the Design-Builder agrees to address any QCP comments from the Owner and provide resolution to the Owner's satisfaction. In the event the Owner retains a separate consultant to perform additional QCP services for the Owner, the Design-Builder will comply with the Professional Services Procurement Act to the extent applicable and the City’s HUB Ordinance. Design-Builder will provide all necessary information to the Owner, address any comments from the Owner’s consultant, and provide resolution to the Owner's satisfaction. The Design-Builder shall include this language in all its subconsultant contracts to ensure subconsultants understand their responsibility for complying with the Owner's or Owner's consultant's QCP requirements. 1.4.2 The QCP reviews will be performed by a staff member of the Design-Builder not involved in day-to-day Project tasks. If the Design-Builder does not have the internal staff capacity to provide for this independent review, the Design-Builder must include a QCP subconsultant on the project team. The person performing the QCP reviews shall certify, seal and attest that the final construction bid documents have been drafted in full compliance with the QCP. 1.4.3 The Design-Builder will perform QCP reviews at intervals during the design phase, specified in the QCP, to ensure plans, specifications, and drawings satisfy accepted quality standards and meet the requirements of the project scope. Based on the findings of the QCP reviews, the Design-Builder must reconcile the project scope and budget as needed. Documentation will be included that verifies interdisciplinary coordination has occurred. 1.4.4 The Design-Builder will perform constructability reviews, using persons with construction experience, at appropriate intervals, during the design phase, specified in the QCP to ensure that the project is buildable, as well as cost-effective, biddable, and maintainable. Design‐Build Agreement  00 50 00DB ‐ 3  E15152 Bayshore Park      Rev 07/01/2015  Based on the findings of the constructability reviews, the DesignBuilder shall redesign the project, as required, to conform to the Fixed Construction Budget. The Design-Builder will provide interim construction estimates to verify that the project is within the Fixed Construction Budget. 1.4.5 Acceptance and/or approval of the Design-Builder's QCP documentation by the Owner do not constitute a release of the responsibilities and liability of the Design-Builder for the accuracy and competency of its QCP reviews and final construction documents. ARTICLE 2 – CONTRACT TIME 2.1 Date of Commencement. The Work shall commence within five (5) days of Design Builder’s receipt of Owner’s Notice to Proceed (“Date of Commencement”) unless the parties mutually agree otherwise in writing. 2.1.1 Phases of Services and the Work. The services and the Work to be performed by or through the Design-Builder shall be divided into the Preconstruction Phase and the Construction Phase. The Work to be performed under the Construction Phase may commence before the Preconstruction Phase is completed. However, no Work shall commence under the Construction Phase until a Notice to Proceed with regard to such Work has been issued by the Owner in accordance with the terms of the Contract. 2.2 Substantial Completion and Final Completion 2.2.1 Substantial Completion of the entire Work shall be accomplished no later than _______ calendar days from written Notice to Proceed with Design Phase Services, which date shall be the “Scheduled Substantial Completion Date”. 2.2.2 Interim milestones and/or Partial Substantial Completion of identified portions of the Work shall be achieved as follows: .1 Interim milestones and/or Partial Substantial Completion dates for portions of the Work, if any, are determined and agreed upon as part of the Schematic Design services. 2.2.3 Final Completion of the Work or identified portions, and resolution of all unresolved Claims of the Work shall be achieved no later than ______ calendar days following Scheduled Substantial Completion Date. 2.2.4 The Scheduled Substantial Completion Date set forth in this Article 5 (“Contract Time(s)”) shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with the General Conditions of Contract. 2.3 Time is of the Essence. Owner and Design-Builder mutually agree that time is of the essence with respect to the dates and times set forth in the Contract Documents. 2.4 Liquidated Damages. Design‐Build Agreement  00 50 00DB ‐ 4  E15152 Bayshore Park      Rev 07/01/2015  2.4.1 Design-Builder understands that if Substantial Completion is not attained by the Scheduled Substantial Completion Date, Owner will suffer damages which are difficult to determine and accurately specify. Design-Builder agrees that if Substantial Completion is not attained by the Scheduled Substantial Completion (the “LD Date”), Design-Builder shall pay Owner __________ as liquidated damages for each day that Substantial Completion extends beyond the LD Date. 2.4.2 In addition, if Final Completion is not attained by the Final Completion Date (“Final Completion Liquidated Damages Date”), Design-Builder will pay Owner __________ as Liquidated Damages for each day Final Completion extends beyond the Final Completion Liquidated Damages Date. 2.4.3 Owner reserves the right to either liquidated damages provided herein or actual damages. Actual damages include, but are not limited to, any and all extra costs, losses, expenses, claims, penalties and any other damages, whether special or consequential, and of whatsoever nature incurred by Owner which are occasioned by any delay in achieving Substantial Completion or Final Completion. 2.4.4 To the extent that the parties enter into a Work Authorization Amendment for a portion of the Work (a Work Package for less than the entire scope of the Work), the parties may agree therein to a required Substantial Completion Date for such portion of the Work and separate Liquidated Damages for the Design-Builder’s failure to achieve Substantial Completion of such portion of the Work within the Contract Time Requirements provided therein. The Liquidated Damages set out in a Work Authorization Agreement for a portion of the Work shall be in an amount which bears the same ratio to the Liquidated Damages for the entire Work’s Fixed Construction Budget, as set forth above, as the estimated Cost of the Work of that Work Package (as reflected in the Contract Price) bears to the Fixed Construction Budget. The total value of liquidated damages set out in a Work Package will, upon Substantial Completion of that Work Package, proportionately reduce the overall total liquidated damages that could be assessed by the Owner for the entire Work. 2.4.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the maximum amount of Liquidated Damages that may be assessed against and paid by Design-Builder shall not exceed in the aggregate the amount of the sum of the Design-Builder’s Preconstruction Phase Fee and the Design-Builder’s Construction Phase Fee as set forth below, prior to any adjustment as authorized by the Contract Documents. This maximum amount of liquidated damages shall not apply to the amount of delay damages recoverable by the Owner in an action brought against the Design-Builder for delay in achieving Substantial Completion as required herein in the event that the Liquidated Damages are held by the applicable court or arbitration panel to be unenforceable as a penalty, except where the Liquidated Damages are held to be unenforceable as a result of a legal challenge in such action by the Owner. 2.5 Warranty Period. The warranty period will commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the entire Project and continue for one calendar year thereafter. Design-Builder’s general warranty and guarantee obligations are set out in the General Conditions of the Contract. Design‐Build Agreement  00 50 00DB ‐ 5  E15152 Bayshore Park      Rev 07/01/2015  ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.1 The Contract Documents are comprised of the following: 3.1.1 Specifications, forms and documents listed in SECTION 00 01 00DB TABLE OF CONTENTS; 3.1.2 All written modifications, amendments and Change Orders to this Agreement issued in accordance with Article 11 of the General Conditions of Contract Between Owner and Design-Builder (“General Conditions of Contract”); 3.1.3 Request for Qualifications NO. 2015-05 (including SOQ and Proposal submitted by Design-Builder); 3.1.4 This agreement, including all exhibits and attachments; 3.1.5 Construction Documents prepared and approved in accordance with this Agreement, the Scope of Work and the General Conditions of Contract; ARTICLE 4 – INTERPRETATION AND INTENT 4.1 The Contract Documents are intended to permit the parties to complete the Work and all obligations required by the Contract Documents within the Contract Time(s) for the Contract Price. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and interpreted in harmony so as to avoid conflict, with words and phrases interpreted in a manner consistent with construction and design industry standards. In the event of any inconsistency, conflict, or ambiguity between or among the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall take precedence in the order in which they are listed in Section 2.1 hereof. 4.2 Terms, words and phrases used in the Contract Documents, including this Agreement, shall have the meanings given them in the General Conditions of Contract, as amended by the Supplementary Conditions. 4.3 The Contract Documents form the entire agreement between Owner and Design-Builder and by incorporation herein are as fully binding on the parties as if repeated herein. No oral representations or other agreements have been made by the parties except as specifically stated in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 5 – OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS 5.1 All Project Drawings and Specifications and other work product (“Work Product”) produced by the Design-Builder under this Agreement are the property of the Owner. The Design-Builder may not provide copies of the Work Product to third parties or otherwise use the Work Product covered by this subsection without the express prior written approval of the Owner. Design‐Build Agreement  00 50 00DB ‐ 6  E15152 Bayshore Park      Rev 07/01/2015  5.2 The Design-Builder agrees that the Work Product, which is to be delivered under this Agreement, and which is to be paid for by the Owner, is subject to the rights of the Owner in effect on the date of this Agreement. These rights include the right to use, duplicate and disclose such items in whole or in part, in any manner and for whatever purpose, and to have others do so. The Design-Builder shall not copyright or otherwise claim Ownership of the Work Product covered by this subsection. The Design-Builder shall include appropriate provisions in its subconsultant contracts to achieve the purpose of this subsection. 5.3 All Work Product furnished by the Design-Builder is considered instruments of its services for this Project. It is understood that the Design-Builder does not represent the Work Product to be suitable for reuse on any other project or for any other purpose(s). If the Owner reuses the Work Product for another Project without the Design-Builder’s specific written verification or adaptation, such reuse will be at the risk of the Owner, without liability to the Design-Builder. 5.4 If the Design-Builder is terminated under this Agreement, the Owner may continue the Project and Design-Builder shall deliver a complete set of the Drawings, Specifications, and other Work Product within fourteen (14) calendar days of the notice of termination in the format designated by the Owner. The Owner may have these documents completed, corrected, revised or added to by another design professional in accordance with Title 22, Chapter 137.33(i) of the Texas Administrative Code. 5.5 Record Documents. Design-Builder shall provide Owner one complete copy of the Work Product in electronic file formats (CD-R). Drawings shall be prepared with computer-aided design and drawing technology utilizing the Owner’s CADD Standards, which will be provided to Design-Builder. The record documents shall reflect any changes (Field Order, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, etc.) made subsequent to the Owner’s receipt of approved Construction Documents. Copies of the record documents that may be relied upon by Owner are limited to the printed copies that are signed and sealed by the Design-Builder’s architect of record. Electronic files of record documents that are furnished by Design-Builder to Owner are only for the convenience of Owner. 5.6 Records Retention Policy and Access. Design-Builder shall retain copies of all Work Product, Record Documents and other Project records, including but not limited to acceptable accounting records, (the “Records”) for a minimum of three (3) years from the date of final acceptance of the Work or such longer period of time as would be reasonably required in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to the Project or this Agreement or as required by the terms of any applicable grant(s). Owner and any other regulatory entity with jurisdiction over the Project shall have reasonable access at all times to the Records for the purpose of making copies, excerpts, and transcriptions, and conducting audits and examinations. 5.6.1 Owner’s Right to Audit. Owner shall have the right to perform audits on the Records and the Records of subcontractors and subconsultants in accordance with the General Conditions of the Contract. Design‐Build Agreement  00 50 00DB ‐ 7  E15152 Bayshore Park      Rev 07/01/2015  ARTICLE 6 – Contract Price 6.1 Any additional compensation that may be required by reason of Owner requested changes to previously approved Work Product or Owner requested increases in scope of Project, if allowed, shall be executed as a Change Order to this Agreement in accordance with the applicable provisions of the General Conditions, provided, however, that the correction of previously approved Work Product, which is in error or omission, or to correct deficiencies in Work, will not be eligible for additional compensation. 6.2 Payments for Schematic Design Phase and Professional Services shall be made monthly in proportion to services performed within each Phase of services, on the basis set forth in Articles 1 and 7, respectively. ARTICLE 7 – PROCEDURE FOR PAYMENT 7.1 Progress Payments 7.1.1 Design-Builder shall submit applications for Progress Payments to Owner no more than once a month and in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions of Contract. 7.1.2 Owner shall make payment within thirty (30) days after Owner’s receipt of each properly submitted and accurate Application for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions of Contract. 7.2 Retainage on Progress Payments 7.2.1 Owner will retain ten percent (10%) of the construction cost component of each Application for Payment until final payment. 7.2.2 If the Work is near completion and delay occurs due to no fault or neglect of Design-Builder, Owner may pay a portion of the retained amount to Design-Builder. 7.3 Record Keeping and Financial Controls. Design-Builder shall keep full and detailed accounts and exercise such controls as may be necessary for proper financial management, using accounting and control systems in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and as may be provided in the Contract Documents. Subject to prior written notice, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor’s records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work. The Design-Builder shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. Design‐Build Agreement  00 50 00DB ‐ 8  E15152 Bayshore Park      Rev 07/01/2015  ARTICLE 8 – TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE 8.1 Upon ten (10) days’ written notice to Design-Builder, Owner may, for its convenience and without cause, elect to terminate this Agreement. In such event, Owner shall pay Design- Builder for the following: 8.1.1 All Work executed and for proven loss, cost or expense in connection with the Work; 8.1.2 The reasonable costs and expenses attributable to such termination, including demobilization costs and amounts due in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors and Design Consultants; 8.1.3 The Design-Builder’s Fee only on the sum of items .1 and .2 above. No overhead, profit or Design-Builder’s Fee will be paid on unperformed work. 8.2 If Owner terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1 above and proceeds to design and construct the Project through its employees, agents or third parties, Owner’s rights to use the Work Product shall be as set forth in Article 4. 8.3 Termination by Owner. Article 16 of the General Conditions includes additional provisions for Termination by Owner, which are incorporated herein by reference. ARTICLE 9 – REPRESENTATIVES OF THE DESIGN-BUILDER 9.1 Design-Builder designates the individual listed below as its Representative ("Design- Builder’s Senior Representative"), which individual has the authority and responsibility for avoiding and resolving disputes under the General Conditions of Contract: Identify individual’s name, title, address and telephone numbers. __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ __________________________________ ARTICLE 10 – BONDS AND INSURANCE 10.1 Insurance. Design-Builder shall procure the following insurance coverages: The specific insurance coverage requirements applicable to this Project as set forth in the Contract Documents, provided that there shall be no exclusions for the design-build method described herein in any of the policies provided hereunder or any such exclusion shall be specifically deleted. Design-Builder must provide the insurance documentation at the time of contract execution. Design‐Build Agreement  00 50 00DB ‐ 9  E15152 Bayshore Park      Rev 07/01/2015  10.2 Bonds and Other Performance Security. Design-Builder shall provide the following performance bond and labor and material payment bond or other performance security: The specific bond coverage requirements applicable to this Project as set forth in the Contract Documents. Design-Builder must provide the bonds at the time of contract execution. Additional requirements regarding such bonds not in conflict herewith are as set forth in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. Design-Builder shall keep the Surety informed of the progress of the Work, and, where necessary, obtain the Surety's consent to and waiver of: (1) notice of changes in the Work; (2) request for reduction or release of retention; (3) request for final payment; and (4) any other material change required by the Surety. Owner may, in its sole discretion, inform the Surety of the progress of the Work and obtain consents as necessary to protect Owner's rights, interest, privileges, and benefits under and pursuant to any bond issued in connection with the Work ARTICLE 11 – OTHER PROVISIONS 11.1 In providing services hereunder, Design-Builder shall comply with the applicable provisions of Chapter 1001 of the Texas Occupations Code: the Texas Engineering Practices Act, and Article 249a of Vernon’s Texas Civil Statutes with respect to the practice of architecture and the purchasing requirements of Section 361.426 of the Texas Health and Safety Code. 11.2 Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall be construed to create any independent legal or contractual relationship between Owner and Design-Builder’s Design Consultant. 11.3 At Owner’s sole option, any items of personal property, which have been purchased in connection with the performance of the Work, which still have some use for their intended purpose and which are otherwise transferable, specifically including but not limited to any office equipment, computer hardware and computer software, shall be provided to Owner upon final completion of the Work or, as applicable, completion of the Warranty Period. 11.4 The Design-Builder covenants with Owner to furnish its best skill and judgment in the management of the Project, to furnish efficient business administration and superintendence, to use its best efforts to furnish at all times an adequate supply of skilled workers and material and to perform the Work in the best way and in the most expeditious and economical manner consistent with the intent of the Project, provided that Design-Builder shall at all times exercise complete control over the means, methods and techniques of construction. ARTICLE 12 – CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES In executing this Agreement, Owner and Design-Builder each individually represents that it has the necessary financial resources to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, and each has the necessary corporate approvals to execute this Agreement and perform the services described herein Design‐Build Agreement  00 50 00DB ‐ 10  E15152 Bayshore Park      Rev 07/01/2015  Four original duplicates of the signed Agreement will be required. The sequence of signatures will be completed in the following order: A. DESIGN-BUILDER; B. ASSISTANT CITY ATTORNEY for the City Attorney; C. DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING SERVICES; D. CITY SECRETARY for the City. Design‐Build Agreement  00 50 00DB ‐ 11  E15152 Bayshore Park      Rev 07/01/2015  ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Rebecca Huerta City Secretary J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Director of Engineering Services APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: Janet L. Kellogg Assistant City Attorney ATTEST (IF CORPORATION) DESIGN-BUILDER (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if person signing for DESIGN- BUILDER is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Title: Address City State Zip Phone Fax EMail END OF SECTION Design‐Build Agreement  00 50 00DB ‐ 12  E15152 Bayshore Park      Rev 07/01/2015  Exhibit A Scope of Services Performance Bond 00 61 13 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park REV 07‐03‐2014  00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND    BOND NO.________________________  Contractor as Principal  Surety  Name:    Name:   Mailing address (principal place of business):  Mailing address (principal place of business):           Physical address (principal place of business):  Owner    Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas   Mailing address (principal place of business):   Engineering Services  1201 Leopard Street  Corpus Christi, Texas 78401   Surety is a corporation organized and existing  under the laws of the state of:     By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its  authority to do business in the State of Texas and  its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas.    Contract   Project name and number:  Telephone (main number):       Telephone (for notice of claim):      Local Agent for Surety   Name:   Award Date of the Contract:    Address:   Contract Price:     Bond  Telephone:  E‐Mail Address:  Date of Bond:     The address of the surety company to which any  notice of claim should be sent may be obtained  from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the  following toll‐free number: 1‐800‐252‐3439  (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date  of the Contract)   Said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed  this instrument in 4 copies, each one of which shall  be deemed an original.      Performance Bond 00 61 13 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park REV 07‐03‐2014  Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this  Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative.   The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and  assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as  Principal faithfully performs the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and  void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be  pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code  as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said  Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces  County, Texas for any legal action.  Contractor as Principal    Surety  Signature:     Signature:     Name:      Name:     Title:      Title:     Email Address:      Email Address:       (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below)       END OF SECTION  Payment Bond Form 00 61 16 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park REV. 07‐03‐2014  00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND    BOND NO._____________________  Contractor as Principal  Surety  Name:    Name:   Mailing address (principal place of business):  Mailing address (principal place of business):           Physical address (principal place of business):  Owner    Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas   Mailing address (principal place of business):   Engineering Services  3rd Floor  1201 Leopard Street  Corpus Christi, Texas 78401   Surety is a corporation organized and existing  under the laws of the state of:     By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its  authority to do business in the State of Texas and  its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas.    Contract   Project name and number:  Telephone (main number):       Telephone (for notice of claim):      Local Agent for Surety   Name:   Award Date of the Contract:    Address:   Contract Price:     Bond  Telephone:  E‐Mail Address:  Date of Bond:   The address of the surety company to which any  notice of claim should be sent may be obtained  from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the  following toll‐free number: 1‐800‐252‐3439  (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date  of Contract)   Said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed  this instrument in 4 copies, each one of which shall  be deemed an original.         Payment Bond Form 00 61 16 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park REV. 07‐03‐2014  Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment  Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative.  The Principal  and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly  and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays  all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work  required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain  in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter  2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall  be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied  at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action.  Contractor as Principal    Surety  Signature:     Signature:     Name:      Name:     Title:      Title:     Email Address:     Email Address:       (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below)       END OF SECTION               00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology ....................................................................................................... 6 1.01 Defined Terms ............................................................................................................................... 6 1.02 Terminology ................................................................................................................................ 11 Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ................................................................................................................... 12 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance ............................................................................. 12 2.02 Copies of Documents .................................................................................................................. 13 2.03 Before Starting Construction ...................................................................................................... 13 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives ................................ 13 Article 3 – Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse ................................................................. 13 3.01 Intent ........................................................................................................................................... 13 3.02 Reference Standards ................................................................................................................... 15 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ...................................................................................... 15 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents ................................................................................. 16 3.05 Reuse of Documents ................................................................................................................... 16 Article 4 – Commencement and Progress of the Work .............................................................................. 16 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ............................................................. 16 4.02 Starting the Work ........................................................................................................................ 16 4.03 Progress Schedule ....................................................................................................................... 17 4.04 Delays in Contractor’s Progress .................................................................................................. 17 Article 5 – Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions ................................................................................................................................................... 18 5.01 Availability of Lands .................................................................................................................... 18 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas ........................................................................................................ 18 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ............................................................................................ 19 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ............................................................................... 19 5.05 Underground Facilities ................................................................................................................ 21 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site ............................................................................. 22 Article 6 – Bonds and Insurance ................................................................................................................. 24 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds .................................................................................. 24 6.02 Licensed Sureties ........................................................................................................................ 24 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 1 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 6.03 Insurance ..................................................................................................................................... 25 Article 7 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ..................................................................................................... 25 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence .............................................................................................. 25 7.02 Labor; Working Hours ................................................................................................................. 25 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ........................................................................................... 26 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others .................................................................... 26 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................................................................................... 27 7.06 Permits ........................................................................................................................................ 28 7.07 Taxes ........................................................................................................................................... 28 7.08 Laws and Regulations .................................................................................................................. 28 7.09 Safety and Protection ................................................................................................................. 29 7.10 Safety Representative ................................................................................................................. 30 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs .............................................................................................. 30 7.12 Emergencies ................................................................................................................................ 30 7.13 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee ......................................................................... 30 7.14 Indemnification ........................................................................................................................... 31 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services ................................................................................ 32 Article 8 – Other Work at the Site ............................................................................................................... 33 8.01 Other Work ................................................................................................................................. 33 8.02 Coordination ............................................................................................................................... 34 8.03 Legal Relationships ...................................................................................................................... 34 Article 9 – Owner’s and OPT’s Responsibilities ........................................................................................... 35 9.01 Communications to Contractor .................................................................................................. 35 9.02 Replacement of Owner’s Project Team Members ...................................................................... 35 9.03 Furnish Data ................................................................................................................................ 35 9.04 Pay When Due ............................................................................................................................. 35 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests ................................................................................... 35 9.06 Insurance ..................................................................................................................................... 35 9.07 Modifications .............................................................................................................................. 35 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ............................................................................................... 35 9.09 Limitations on OPT’s Responsibilities ......................................................................................... 35 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ...................................................................... 36 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program ................................................................................................ 36 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 2 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 Article 10 – OAR’s and Designer’s Status During Construction .................................................................. 36 10.01 Owner’s Representative .......................................................................................................... 36 10.02 Visits to Site ............................................................................................................................. 36 10.03 Resident Project Representatives ........................................................................................... 36 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work........................................................................................................ 36 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments......................................................................... 36 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ................... 37 10.07 Limitations on OAR’s and Designer’s Authority and Responsibilities ..................................... 37 Article 11 – Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work .................................................... 37 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents ....................................................... 37 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work ................................................................................ 38 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ........................................................................................ 38 11.04 Change of Contract Price ........................................................................................................ 39 11.05 Change of Contract Times ....................................................................................................... 40 11.06 Change Proposals .................................................................................................................... 40 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ................................................................................................... 40 11.08 Notice to Surety ...................................................................................................................... 41 Article 12 – Claims ....................................................................................................................................... 42 12.01 Claims ...................................................................................................................................... 42 12.02 Claims Process ......................................................................................................................... 42 Article 13 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work ...................................................................... 43 13.01 Cost of the Work ..................................................................................................................... 43 13.02 Allowances .............................................................................................................................. 46 13.03 Unit Price Work ....................................................................................................................... 46 13.04 Contingencies .......................................................................................................................... 47 Article 14 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work .................... 47 14.01 Access to Work ........................................................................................................................ 47 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals ........................................................................................... 47 14.03 Defective Work ....................................................................................................................... 48 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................ 49 14.05 Uncovering Work .................................................................................................................... 49 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work ..................................................................................................... 49 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work ....................................................................................... 50 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 3 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 Article 15 – Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period ........................................ 50 15.01 Progress Payments .................................................................................................................. 50 15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ................................................................................................ 52 15.03 Substantial Completion ........................................................................................................... 52 15.04 Partial Utilization ..................................................................................................................... 53 15.05 Final Inspection ....................................................................................................................... 53 15.06 Final Payment .......................................................................................................................... 53 15.07 Waiver of Claims ..................................................................................................................... 54 15.08 Correction Period .................................................................................................................... 54 Article 16 – Suspension of Work and Termination ..................................................................................... 55 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work ..................................................................................................... 55 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ............................................................................................ 55 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ................................................................................ 56 Article 17 – Final Resolution of Disputes .................................................................................................... 57 17.01 Methods and Procedures ........................................................................................................ 57 Article 18 – Miscellaneous .......................................................................................................................... 57 18.01 Computation of Times............................................................................................................. 57 18.02 Owner’s Right to Audit Contractor’s Records ......................................................................... 57 18.03 Independent Contractor ......................................................................................................... 58 18.04 Cumulative Remedies ............................................................................................................. 58 18.05 Limitation of Damages ............................................................................................................ 58 18.06 No Waiver ............................................................................................................................... 58 18.07 Severability .............................................................................................................................. 58 18.08 Survival of Obligations ............................................................................................................ 59 18.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries ................................................................................................... 59 18.10 Assignment of Contract........................................................................................................... 59 18.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity .......................................................................................... 59 18.12 Controlling Law ....................................................................................................................... 59 18.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue ..................................................................................... 59 18.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury............................................................................................................. 59 18.15 Attorney Fees .......................................................................................................................... 59 18.16 Compliance with Laws............................................................................................................. 59 18.17 Enforcement............................................................................................................................ 60 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 4 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 18.18 Subject to Appropriation ......................................................................................................... 60 18.19 Contract Sum........................................................................................................................... 60 18.20 Contractor’s Guarantee as Additional Remedy ...................................................................... 60 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 5 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. A term with initial capital letters, including the term’s singular and plural forms, has the meaning indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution - The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date – The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi (City) authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid - The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Requirements. 7. Bidding Documents - The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents, and Addenda. 8. Bidder - An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bidding Requirements - The Invitation for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Security, Bid Form and attachments, and required certifications. 10. Bid Security - The financial security in the form of a bid bond provided by Bidder at the time the Bid is submitted and held by Owner until the Agreement is executed and the evidence of insurance and Bonds required by the Contract Documents are provided. A cashier’s check, certified check, money order or bank draft from any State or National Bank will also be acceptable. 11. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 12. Change Order - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 6 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 13. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 14. City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or his designated representative as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. 15. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. 16. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. (“CERCLA”); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5501 et seq.; c. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. (“RCRA”); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 17. Contract - The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 18. Contract Amendment - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract, but does not make changes in the Work. 19. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 20. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications, and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any, that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 7 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 21. Contract Times - The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and c. Complete the Work. 22. Contractor - The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. 23. Contractor’s Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 24. Cost of the Work - The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 13. 25. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR’s recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraphs 15.03 or 15.04. 26. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers or Registered Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 27. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 28. Effective Date of the Contract - The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 29. Field Order - A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 30. Hazardous Environmental Condition - The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 8 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 31. Indemnified Costs - All costs, losses, damages, and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner’s Indemnitees. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 32. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations - Applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 33. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. 34. Milestone - A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 35. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; c. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 36. Notice of Award - The notice of Owner’s intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 37. Notice to Proceed - A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 38. Owner - The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and his designee, the City Engineer (the Director of Engineering Services), and the City’s officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 39. Owner’s Authorized Representative or OAR - The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 40. Owner’s Indemnitees - Each member of the OPT and their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors. 41. Owner’s Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner’s Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 42. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 9 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 43. Progress Schedule - A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 44. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 45. Resident Project Representative or RPR - The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. 46. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 47. Schedule of Documents - A schedule of required documents, prepared, and maintained by Contractor. 48. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor’s Applications for Payment. 49. Selected Bidder - The Bidder to which Owner intends to award the Contract. 50. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 51. Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 52. Specifications - The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 53. Subcontractor - An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 54. Substantial Completion - The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 55. Supplementary Conditions - The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 56. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 57. Technical Data - Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 10 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or c. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 58. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 59. Unit Price Work - Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 60. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 61. Work Change Directive - A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to “at no additional cost to Owner,” “at Contractor’s expense,” or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms “day” or “calendar day” mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed,” or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 11 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 E. The use of the words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” and “provide” have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use the words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide.” F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word “all” is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” “provide,” or similar words include the meaning of the phrase “The Contractor shall...” before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT’s project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 12 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and General Requirements (Division 01 Sections of the Specifications) apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract, Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; c. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 13 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. 5. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 14 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations, whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractor’s Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; c. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 3. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions 00 72 00 - 15 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 4. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 5. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer’s or OAR’s interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor’s Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 16 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process, except as permitted by Paragraph 16.04, or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree. 4.04 Delays in Contractor’s Progress A. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if OPT directly delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work. The Contractor agrees to make no Claim for damages for delay in the performance of the Contract occasioned by an act or omission to act of the OPT and agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor’s Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D.1, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor’s performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners other than those performing other work at or adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the Owner, as contemplated in Article 8; and 3. Acts of war or terrorism. 4. Rain days in excess of the number of days allocated for rain as described in the Supplementary Conditions. E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 17 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor’s Team. ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor’s Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor’s Team’s operations; c. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 18 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor’s Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner’s Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, or Contractor’s safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Contractor’s interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site, and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or General Conditions 00 72 00 - 19 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT’s obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. Advise OPT of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor’s cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor’s Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or c. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR’s issuance of the OPT’s statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 20 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 2. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 3. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 4. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 5. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents, or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown General Conditions 00 72 00 - 21 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor’s Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.B. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR’s issuance of OPT’s statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner’s Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor’s safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered, or revealed at the Site unless this removal or General Conditions 00 72 00 - 22 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor’s Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor’s Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor’s obligation to indemnify Owner’s Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor’s Team that was not created by the Contractor’s Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner’s own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR’s notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 23 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice, or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 24 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 6.03 Insurance A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in SECTION 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with SECTION 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner’s consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. C. Do not perform Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday without OAR’s consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year’s Day January 1 Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 25 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 15.01.B 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Document. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractor’s reasonable objections. F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 General Conditions 00 72 00 - 26 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 days of Owner’s notice to replace a Subcontractor, Supplier, or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner’s initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers’ Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor’s Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor’s Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 27 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 B. Contractor’s obligation to indemnify Owner’s Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor’s Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner’s exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor’s Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 28 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.B caused by Contractor’s Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor’s Team. E. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor’s Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner’s safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner’s safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 29 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor’s warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor’s warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections, tests, or approvals by others; or 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 30 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor’s performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 Indemnification A. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY’S FEES OR DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, VIOLATIONS OF LAWS OR REGULATIONS, OR BODILY INJURY, DEATH, OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY CAUSED BY THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR’S TEAM, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH CLAIM, DAMAGE, LOSS OR EXPENSE IS ALLEGED TO BE CAUSED IN PART BY AN OWNER’S INDEMNITEE HEREUNDER, SUBJECT TO THE OWNER’S DEFENSES AND LIABILITY LIMITS UNDER THE TEXAS TORT CLAIMS ACT. HOWEVER, NOTHING HEREIN SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO REQUIRE CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY AN OWNER’S INDEMNITEE AGAINST A CLAIM, LOSS, DAMAGE OR EXPENSE CAUSED BY THE (I) NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT, (II) BREACH OR VIOLATION OF A STATUTE, ORDINANCE, GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION, STANDARD OR RULE, OR (III) THE BREACH OF CONTRACT BY AN OWNER’S INDEMNITEE. PROVIDED FURTHER HOWEVER, AND IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, CONTRACTOR INDEMNIFIES EACH OF OWNER’S INDEMNITEES AGAINST CLAIMS FOR THE BODILY INJURY OR DEATH OF AN EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR’S TEAM OF ANY TIER EVEN IF CAUSED BY THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF AN OWNER’S INDEMNITEE. B. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST INDEMNIFIED COSTS, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO: (I) THE FAILURE TO CONTROL, CONTAIN, OR REMOVE A CONSTITUENT OF CONCERN BROUGHT TO THE SITE BY CONTRACTOR’S TEAM OR A HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION CREATED BY CONTRACTOR’S TEAM, (II) CONTRACTOR’S TEAM’S ACTION OR INACTION RELATED TO DAMAGES, DELAYS, DISRUPTIONS, OR INTERFERENCE WITH THE WORK OF OWNER’S EMPLOYEES, OTHER CONTRACTORS, OR UTILITY OWNERS PERFORMING OTHER WORK AT OR ADJACENT TO THE SITE, OR (III) THE CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK. NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH OBLIGATES THE CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES FROM THE CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNER’S AND OWNER’S INDEMNITEES OWN NEGLIGENCE. PROVIDED FURTHER HOWEVER, AND IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, CONTRACTOR INDEMNIFIES THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES AGAINST CLAIMS FOR THE BODILY INJURY OR DEATH OF AN EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR’S TEAM OF ANY TIER EVEN IF CAUSED BY THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF OWNER’S INDEMNITEES. C. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER’S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST INDEMNIFIED COSTS RESULTING FROM INFRINGEMENT ON PATENT RIGHTS OR COPYRIGHTS BY CONTRACTOR’S TEAM TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW. D. The indemnification obligations under this paragraph are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor’s Team or other individuals or entities under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner’s Indemnitees by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor’s Team. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 31 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner’s Indemnitees from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner’s Indemnitees do not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10-day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor’s counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner’s Indemnitees as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner’s Indemnitees may assume and control the defense If Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner’s Indemnitees as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner’s Indemnitees may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner’s consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner’s Indemnitees to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner’s Indemnitees; b. Would require Owner’s Indemnitees to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or c. Would not result in Owner and Owner’s Indemnitees’ full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 32 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials, or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor’s design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer’s review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer’s review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor’s Work. This other work may be performed by Owner’s employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s General Conditions 00 72 00 - 33 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor’s Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT, other contractor, or utility owner: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor’s Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor or utility owner to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor’s Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner’s employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner’s contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors or utility owners if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occur. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 34 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 E. Contractor’s obligation to indemnify Owner’s Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related damages, delays, disruptions, and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9 – OWNER’S AND OPT’S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner’s Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Paragraphs 15.01.D and 15.06.D. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner’s responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner’s responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. OPT’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 14.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT’s Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 35 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT’s responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. ARTICLE 10 – OAR’S AND DESIGNER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner’s Representative A. OAR is Owner’s representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner’s representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer’s visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer’s authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner’s quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner’s representative as described in the Contract Documents. OAR’s visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR’s authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives’ authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 14. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 14. 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer’s authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer’s authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 36 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 C. OAR and Designer’s authority related to Modifications is described in Articles 11. D. OAR’s authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 13 and 15. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work, or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 14.04, if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OAR will issue a Request for a Change Proposal if a Modification is required. OAR will provide documentation for changes related to the non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will provide documentation if design related changes are required. D. Contractor may appeal Designer’s decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer’s decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR’s and Designer’s Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor’s Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor’s Team. ARTICLE 11 – AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 37 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer’s approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive are to be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive if negotiations are unsuccessful under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non-technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications, or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor’s safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 38 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 13.01 plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 11.04.D when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents or the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price without adjusting Contractor’s fee. D. Contractor’s Fee: Determine the Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit as follows: 1. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor’s fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.C.1 and 13.01.C.2; b. The Contractor’s fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 13.01.C.3; c. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor’s fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.C.1 and 13.01.C.2 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 2) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 13.01.C.4, and 13.01.D; e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 39 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3. The adjustment in Contractor’s fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 11.04.D.2.a through 11.04.D.2.e, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. B. Notify the OAR immediately if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. Submit the following as part of the Change Proposal: 1. Any proposed change in Contract Price, Contract Times, or other relief, accompanied by a statement that the requested Change Order is the entire adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled; 2. The reason for the proposed change; and 3. Supporting data, accompanied by a statement that the supporting data is accurate and complete. C. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor’s supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 12. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 40 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set-offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 14.04 or Owner’s correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 14.07, or c. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 12. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay, or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor’s agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor’s submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Bid, nor a warranty that the Bid will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. A Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor if the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07. 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents, or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 41 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 12 – CLAIMS 12.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. A demand or assertion by Owner to Contractor, submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision by Designer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Contesting Designer’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; d. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or e. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 2. A demand or assertion by Contractor to Owner, submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Contesting OPT’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; or b. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OPT has declined to address. 12.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. B. Claims by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer, and the OAR within 7 days: 1. After the start of the event giving rise to the Claim; or 2. After a final decision on a Change Proposal has been made. C. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. D. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. E. In the case of a Claim by Contractor seeking an increase in the Contract Price or Contract Times, Contractor must certify that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor’s knowledge and belief, the amount of time or money requested accurately reflects the full amount to which Contractor is entitled. F. The entity receiving a Claim is to review the Claim giving full consideration to its merits. The Owner and Contractor are to seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of actions taken on a Claim. G. Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediate the underlying dispute at any time after initiation of a Claim. 1. The agreement to mediate suspends the Claim submittal and response process. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 42 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2. Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation process after 60 days from the agreement to mediate and resume the Claim submittal and decision process as of the date of the termination. The Claim process resumes as of the date of the conclusion of the mediation, as determined by the mediator, if the mediation is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator’s fees and costs. H. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in part or denies it in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 17 for final resolution of disputes within 30 days of this action. I. Notify the OAR if efforts to resolve the Claim are not successful, and the Claim is denied. A denial of the Claim is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 17 for the final resolution of disputes within 30 days of the denial. J. The results of the agreement or action on the Claim is to be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times if the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim. ARTICLE 13 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 13.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 13.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 13.01.D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor’s employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 13.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits, which may include: 1) Social security contributions, General Conditions 00 72 00 - 43 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers’ compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave, vacations, and holidays; and c. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers’ field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining, with the OPT, which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 13.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; c. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 44 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 e. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; f. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor’s Team; g. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; h. Cost of additional utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; i. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and j. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 13.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 13.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor’s fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor’s office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor’s Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor’s fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor’s indemnification of Owner’s Indemnitees. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 13.01.C. E. The Contractor’s fee is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis. 2. In accordance with Paragraph 11.04.C for Work covered by a Modification determined on the basis of Cost of the Work. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting General Conditions 00 72 00 - 45 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 13.01. 13.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 13.02.B.1 and 13.02.B.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 13.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR’s decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03.E. E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may file a Claim, seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR’s decision under Paragraph 13.03.D, if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Agreement; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and General Conditions 00 72 00 - 46 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or if Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 13.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Agreement. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 13.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Agreement. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor’s selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained by the Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. ARTICLE 14 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 14.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor’s safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination General Conditions 00 72 00 - 47 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain, and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work; 6. For re-inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 14.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor’s obligation to assure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner’s special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. F. Pay claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work; and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 48 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15 for costs associated with OPT’s evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 14.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT’s observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor’s intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. 2. Submit a Change Proposal for an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times directly attributable to this uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, and reconstruction if the uncovered Work is found to be not Defective. 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or General Conditions 00 72 00 - 49 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner’s right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor’s Team or surety. 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy the following deficiencies after 7 days’ notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 15. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor’s Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner’s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. ARTICLE 15 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 15.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payments are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in the Contract Documents. 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 2.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 50 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 13.01, 13.02 and 13.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses, or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor’s conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; c. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor’s Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; g. Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor’s failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; i. Owner has been notified of failure to make payments to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or Employees; j. Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; k. Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; l. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; m. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; n. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re-inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; General Conditions 00 72 00 - 51 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 o. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; p. OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; q. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or r. Payment would result in an over-payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim, demand, or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 15.03 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work after Contractor’s notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 52 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor’s coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner’s assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor’s obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor’s access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1-year correction period. 15.04 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 15.03 for this part of the Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 15.05 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted under Paragraph 15.04 is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 15.06 Final Payment A. Make Application for Final Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT’s reasons for not recommending final payment. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 53 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR’s recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 15.07 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 15.05; 3. Contractor’s failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractor’s continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 17 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 15.08 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or longer periods of time prescribed by the terms of the Contract Documents. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 15.08.A and 15.08.B corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR’s instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. D. Contractor’s obligation to indemnify Owner’s Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or systems are placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. The correction period is extended for an additional period of 1 year for Defective Work corrected after the date of Substantial Completion or after the accepted date the correction period starts to run as described in Paragraph 15.08.E. This extended correction period starts to run when Defective Work has been satisfactorily corrected under this Paragraph 15.08. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 54 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 G. Contractor’s obligations under this Paragraph 15.08 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.08 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 16 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, c. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor’s creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor’s insolvency; 5. Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; or 6. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of OPT. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 16.02.A.4. Owner may terminate this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR’s request for this information. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 55 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that the Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days’ notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 16.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of the Contract under this Paragraph 16.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 16.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. This cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner are to be reviewed as to their reasonableness and incorporated in a Change Order by OAR. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days’ notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 11.04.D.; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 56 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 17 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 17.01 Methods and Procedures A. The Owner or Contractor may appeal a Claim, approved or denied in part or in full, by: 1. Electing to invoke the dispute resolution process if one is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; 2. Agreeing with the other party to submit the dispute to a dispute resolution process; or 3. Notifying the other party of the intent to submit the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction if no dispute resolution process is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or mutually agreed to. ARTICLE 18 – MISCELLANEOUS 18.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 18.02 Owner’s Right to Audit Contractor’s Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee, which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four (4) years following termination of the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract, then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Example of Contractor written and electronically stores records include, but are not limited to: accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondences, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, General Conditions 00 72 00 - 57 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Agreement Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor’s records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner’s designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Section in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 18.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor’s Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor’s Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership, or formal business organization of any kind. 18.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of, the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 18.03 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 18.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner’s Indemnitees are not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses, or damages sustained by Contractor’s Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. 18.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision, affect the enforceability of that provision, or the enforceability of the remainder of this Contract. 18.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 58 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 18.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees, and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 18.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 18.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the consent of the Owner. 18.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. 18.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. 18.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 18.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 18.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys’ fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for payment of attorney’s fees. 18.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. General Conditions 00 72 00 - 59 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 B. Comply with all applicable federal, state, and city laws, rules and regulations. 18.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee, are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 18.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason funds are not appropriated in any given year, the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract, with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demobilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 18.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments, is the total maximum not-to-exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated, this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 18.20 Contractor’s Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor’s guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release, or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. END OF SECTION General Conditions 00 72 00 - 60 Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 03-23-2015 Insurance Requirements  00 72 01DB ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park REV 07‐22‐2015  00 72 01DB INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS  ARTICLE 1 – INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS  1.01 DESIGN‐BUILDER’S INSURANCE AMOUNTS  Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage  Commercial General Liability including  1.  Commercial Broad Form  2.  Premises ‐ Operations  3.  Products / Completed Operations   4.  Contractual Liability  5.  Independent Contractors  6.  Personal Injury ‐ Advertising Injury      $1,000,000  Per Occurrence  $2,000,000  Aggregate Per Project  Automobile Liability (including)  1. Owned  2. Hired and/or Non‐Owned,   3. Rented/Leased  $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit  Professional Liability  (Errors and Omissions)  To be carried by Engineers and Architects.  $1,000,000  Per Claim  $2,000,000  Aggregate Per Project  (Defense costs must be outside the limits  of the policy)  If claims made policy, retro date must be  prior to inception of agreement, have  extended reporting period provisions and  identify any limitations regarding who is  insured.  Workers’ Compensation Statutory  Employer’s Liability $500,000/ 500,000/ 500,000  Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability $1,000,000  Per Occurrence  Contractor’s Pollution Liability /  Environmental Impairment Coverage  Not limited to sudden and accidental  discharge.  To include long‐term  environmental impact for the disposal of  pollutants/contaminants.  $2,000,000 Per Claim     ☐  Required x  Not Required  Builder’s Risk (All Perils including Collapse) No Limit    ☐  Required x  Not Required  Inland Marine ‐ Owned, leased, rented,  delivered equipment & material  No Limit    X  Required ☐  Not Required  Owner/Contractor Protective Liability Equal to Contractor’s liability insurance    X  Required ☐  Not Required  Insurance Requirements  00 72 01DB ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park REV 07‐22‐2015  Provide the insurance coverage for at least the above amounts unless greater amounts are  required by Laws and Regulations.  1.02 GENERAL PROVISIONS  A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in  accordance with Article 6 of the General Conditions and this Section.  B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Section.  C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas  to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages.  Provide insurance from  companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A‐VIII or better.  D. Furnish copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self‐insured  retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional  insured.  Design‐Builder may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing  information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract.  E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance.  F. OPT’s failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Design‐Builder’s full  compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in  compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Design‐Builder’s obligation to  obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents.  G. Notify the Owner if the Design‐Builder fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required  by the Contract Documents.  Design‐Builder shall not be allowed to perform any Work on  the Project until the required insurance policies are in effect.  A Certificate of Liability  Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT.  H. Owner may exclude the Design‐Builder from the Site and exercise Owner’s termination  rights under Article 16 of the General Conditions if Design‐Builder fails to obtain or  maintain the required insurance.  I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this  Contract are adequate to protect Design‐Builder or Design‐Builder’s interests.  J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Design‐Builder’s liability under  the indemnities granted to Owner’s Indemnitees in the Contract Documents.  K. Provide for an endorsement that the “other insurance” clause shall not apply to the OPT  where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy.  Design‐Builder’s insurance is  primary and non‐contributory with respect to any insurance or self‐insurance carried by the  OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract.  L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or  entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies  with the exception of the workers’ compensation policy and Design‐Builder’s professional  liability policy.  Insurance Requirements  00 72 01DB ‐ 3  E15152 Bayshore Park REV 07‐22‐2015  1.03 DESIGN‐BUILDER’S INSURANCE  A. Purchase and maintain workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance for:  1. Claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee  benefit acts.  Obtain workers’ compensation coverage through a licensed insurance  company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements  approved by the Texas Department of Insurance.  Provide insurance in amounts to  meet all workers’ compensation obligations.  Provide an “All Other States”  endorsement if Design‐Builder is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in  accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules.  2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death  of Design‐Builder’s employees.  3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act and Jones Act  coverage (if applicable).  4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable).  B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or  on behalf of Design‐Builder.  Provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against:  1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any  person other than Design‐Builder’s employees;  2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage  which are sustained;  3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment  of such person by Design‐Builder;   4. By any other person for any other reason; and    5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction  of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use.  C. Provide commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO  commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages  and endorsements:  1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Section.  Insurance is  to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment.  Furnish evidence of the  continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after  final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured.  a. Eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care, custody, and  control of Design‐Builder.  Provide and maintain Inland Marine insurance for  property under the care, custody, or control of Design‐Builder in lieu of  elimination of the exclusion.    2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Design‐Builder’s contractual indemnity  obligations in Paragraph 7.14 of the General Conditions, and all other contractual  indemnity obligations of Design‐Builder in the Contract Documents.  3. Broad form property damage coverage.  Insurance Requirements  00 72 01DB ‐ 4  E15152 Bayshore Park REV 07‐22‐2015  4. Severability of interest.  5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage.  6. Personal injury coverage.  7. Endorsement CG 2032, “Additional Insured ‐ Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not  Engaged by the Named Insured” or its equivalent.  D. Provide Inland Marine insurance that is a broad form or “All Peril” policy providing  coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be  incorporated into the Work.  1. Provide coverage under the Design‐Builder’s Inland Marine that includes:   a. Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction;  b. Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from  loss or damage;  c. Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants;  d. Coverage for testing and startup;  e. Any loss to property while in transit;  f. Any loss at the Site;  g. Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and  h. Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract  Price.  2. Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for  which the Design‐Builder is legally liable.  Provide limits of insurance adequate to  cover the value of the installation.  Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and  assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixture, and  equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage.  E. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because  of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership,  maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle.  F. Purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying  employer’s liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance  described in the paragraphs above.  Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all  underlying policies.  Provide a policy that provides first‐dollar liability coverage as needed.  G. Provide commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that:  1. Are written on an occurrence basis;  2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as  additional insureds;  3. Include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees,  agents, consultants, and subcontractor for each named insured or additional insured;  4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising  from both ongoing and completed operations.  Insurance Requirements  00 72 01DB ‐ 5  E15152 Bayshore Park REV 07‐22‐2015  H. Design‐Builder must purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance.  I. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third‐party injury and property damage  claims, including clean‐up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions  which result from Design‐Builder’s operations and completed operations.  Provide Design‐ Builder’s pollution liability insurance that includes long‐term environmental impacts for the  disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge.   The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment.   The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the  Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds.  J. The policies of insurance required by this Section must:  1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of  liability provided in this Section or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is  greater.  2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed  until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Design‐Builder, Owner, and  all named insureds and additional insureds.  3. Remain in effect at all times when Design‐Builder is performing Work or is at the Site  to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents.  4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims  resulting from the Design‐Builder’s performance of the Work and Design‐Builder’s  other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Design‐ Builder, Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by  any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable.  K. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those  policies and may not by rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to  meet the coverage requirement.  1.04 PROPERTY INSURANCE  A. Purchase and maintain builder’s risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost  of the Project.  This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Section  or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of  Paragraph 1.06.  This insurance shall:  1. Include the OPT, Design‐Builder, and all Subcontractors, and any other individuals or  entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds.  2. Be written on a builder’s risk “all risk” policy form that includes insurance for physical  loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and  equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss:   fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft;  smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler  explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and  other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition  occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that  caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required  by this Section.  If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and  Insurance Requirements  00 72 01DB ‐ 6  E15152 Bayshore Park REV 07‐22‐2015  artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth  movement; or flood are not commercially available under builder’s risk, by  endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance  policies acceptable to Owner and Design‐Builder.  3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property.  4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the  Work.  5. Cover Owner‐furnished or assigned property.  6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner.  7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer’s subrogation rights as set forth below.  8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of  loss covered.  9. Not include a co‐insurance clause.  10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect  to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions.  11. Include testing and startup.  12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise  agreed to in writing by Owner and Design‐Builder.  B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage  afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30  days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Design‐Builder and to each named  insured.  C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible.  D. Notify builder’s risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of  the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 15.04 of  the General Conditions.  Maintain the builder’s risk insurance in effect during this Partial  Occupancy or Use.  E. Design‐Builder may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement  the builder’s risk or property insurance policies provided under this Section.  F. Design‐Builder, Subcontractors, or employees of the Design‐Builder or a Subcontractor  owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property  not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible  for providing their own insurance.  1.05 OWNER/CONTRACTOR PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE  A. Purchase and maintain an Owner/Contractor Protective Liability insurance policy with the  Owner as the named insured and other members of the OPT as additional insureds.   Provide a policy that will protect the OPT from claims which arise from operations under  the Contract Documents.  Provide this coverage in the same amounts required for the  Design‐Builder’s liability insurance and from the same company that provides the Design‐ Builder’s liability insurance.  Insurance Requirements  00 72 01DB ‐ 7  E15152 Bayshore Park REV 07‐22‐2015  1.06 WAIVER OF RIGHTS  A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified  in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS.  B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Section are to contain provisions to the effect  that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional  insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage.  Design‐Builder and insurers waive  all rights against the Owner’s Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting  from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable  property insurance.  None of these waivers extend to the rights Design‐Builder has to the  proceeds of insurance as trustee.  C. Design‐Builder is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contain  provisions that the Subcontractor waives all rights against Owner’s Indemnitees, Design‐ Builder, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members,  partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for  all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss  covered by builder’s risk insurance and other property insurance.  1.07 OWNER’S INSURANCE FOR THE PROJECT  A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the  interest of the Design‐Builder, Subcontractors, or others in the Work.  The stated limits of  insurance required are minimum only.  Determine the limits that are adequate.  These  limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits.  In  any event, Design‐Builder is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or  connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by  insurance.  The acceptance of evidence of insurance by the OPT, named insureds, or  additional insureds does not release the Design‐Builder from compliance with the  insurance requirements of the Contract Documents.  ARTICLE 2 – EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE  2.01 ACCEPTABLE EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE  A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract  Documents.  Provide the following as evidence of insurance:  1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form;  2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and  3. Policy limits and deductibles.  B. Provide a list of “Additional Insureds” for each policy.  C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies.  D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days’ notice before cancellation or any material  change in the policy’s terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible  amount.  2.02 CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE  Insurance Requirements  00 72 01DB ‐ 8  E15152 Bayshore Park REV 07‐22‐2015  A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements:  1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under  Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or  2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance  Code §1811.101.  3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a  certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed  with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance.  B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of  insurance.  2.03 INSURANCE POLICIES  A. Provide a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and  documentation of applicable self‐insured retentions and deductibles if requested by the  Owner.  B. Owner may require the deletion, revision or modification of particular policy terms,  conditions, limitations or exclusions (except where policy provisions are established by  Laws or Regulations binding upon either of the parties hereto or the underwriter of any  such policies).  Comply with these requests and submit a copy of the replacement  certificate of insurance to Owner at the address provided below within 10 days of the  requested change.  2.04 CONTINUING EVIDENCE OF COVERAGE  A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Section prior to  the expiration of existing policies.  B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the  following 3 years.  2.05 NOTICES REGARDING INSURANCE  A. Submit notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address:  City of Corpus Christi – Engineering  Attn: Construction Contract Admin.  P.O. Box 9277  Corpus Christi, TX 78469‐9277  B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract  Administrator by calling 361‐826‐3530.  Insurance Requirements  00 72 01DB ‐ 9  E15152 Bayshore Park REV 07‐22‐2015  ARTICLE 3 – TEXAS WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE  REQUIRED NOTICE  3.01 WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE  A. Definitions:  1. Certificate of coverage (“certificate”) ‐ A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate  of authority to self‐insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC‐ 81, TWCC‐82, TWCC‐83, or TWCC‐84), showing statutory workers’ compensation  insurance coverage for the person’s or entity’s employees providing services on a  project, for the duration of the Project.  2. Duration of the Project ‐ includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the  Project until the Design‐Builder’s/person’s Work on the Project has been completed  and accepted by the governmental entity.  3. Persons providing services on the Project (“Subcontractor” in Texas Labor Code  §406.096) ‐ includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the  Design‐Builder has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that  person contracted directly with the Design‐Builder and regardless of whether that  person has employees.  This includes, without limitation, independent Contractors,  Subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner‐operators, employees of  any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide  services on the Project. “Services” include, without limitation, providing, hauling or  delivering equipment or materials or providing labor, transportation or other service  related to a project. “Services” does not include activities unrelated to the Project,  such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable  toilets.  B. The Design‐Builder shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes  and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory  requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Design‐ Builder providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project.  C. The Design‐Builder must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior  to being awarded the Contract.  D. If the coverage period shown on the Design‐Builder’s current certificate of coverage ends  during the duration of the Project, the Design‐Builder must, prior to the end of the  coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing  that coverage has been extended.  E. The Design‐Builder shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and  provide to the governmental entity:  1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the  governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all  persons providing services on the Project; and  2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Design‐Builder, a new certificate of  coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current  certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project.  Insurance Requirements  00 72 01DB ‐ 10  E15152 Bayshore Park REV 07‐22‐2015  F. The Design‐Builder shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the  Project and for one year thereafter.  G. The Design‐Builder shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or  personal delivery, within 10 days after the Design‐Builder knew or should have known, of  any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing  services on the Project.  H. The Design‐Builder shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner  prescribed by the Texas Workers’ Compensation Commission, informing all persons  providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a  person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage.  I. The Design‐Builder shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to  provide services on a project, to:  1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll  amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory  requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees  providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project;  2. Provide to the Design‐Builder, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a  certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of  the person providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project;  3. Provide the Design‐Builder, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate  of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the  current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project;  4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Design‐ Builder:  a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the  Project; and  b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of  the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of  coverage ends during the duration of the Project;  5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and  for one year thereafter;  6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within  10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially  affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and  7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by  paragraphs (1) ‐ (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for  whom they are providing services.  J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the  Design‐Builder is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Design‐ Builder who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers’ compensation  coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper  reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will  Insurance Requirements  00 72 01DB ‐ 11  E15152 Bayshore Park REV 07‐22‐2015  be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self‐insured, with the  commission’s Division of Self‐Insurance Regulation.  Providing false or misleading  information may subject the Design‐Builder to administrative penalties, criminal penalties,  civil penalties, or other civil actions.  K. The Design‐Builder’s failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract  by the Design‐Builder which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if  the Design‐Builder does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of  breach from the governmental entity.  END OF SECTION  Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 07‐22‐2015  00 72 02 WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS  ARTICLE 1 – PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS  1.01 PAYMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE RATES  A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the  rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258.  B. Contractor is required to pay Davis‐Bacon Wage Rates.  1.02 RECORDS  A. In accordance with Tex. Gov’t Code §2258.024, the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if  any, shall keep a record showing:  1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or  Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and   2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker.  B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of  the Owner.  1.03 LIABILITY; PENALTY; CRIMINAL OFFENSE  A. Tex. Gov’t Code §2258.003 – Liability:  An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not  liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258  unless the action was made in bad faith.  B. Tex. Gov’t Code §2258.053(b) – Penalty:  Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the  requirements of Chapter 2258, shall pay to the Owner, on whose behalf the Contract is  made, $60 for each worker employed or each calendar day or part of the day that the  worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract.  C. Tex. Gov’t Code §2258.058 – Criminal Offense:  1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person  willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258.  2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or  Subcontractor, commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov’t Code §2258.024.  3. An offense is punishable by:  a. A fine not to exceed $500;  b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or  c. Both a fine and confinement.  1.04 PREVAILING WAGE RATES  A. Davis‐Bacon Wage Rates can be found at http://www.wdol.gov/dba.aspx.  Use the Wage  Rates for Nueces County.  Select the WD Determination that is appropriate for the Project.   Wage Rate Requirements 00 72 02 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 07‐22‐2015  The minimum rates for various labor classifications as established by the Owner are shown  below:  Wage   Determination  (WD) No  Construction Type Project Type  TX‐31 Heavy Heavy Construction Projects (including Sewer and  Water Line Construction and Drainage Projects)  TX‐40 Highway Highway Construction Projects (excluding tunnels,  building structures in rest area projects & railroad  construction; bascule, suspension & spandrel arch  bridges designed for commercial navigation,  bridges involving marine construction; and other  major bridges).  TX‐45 Heavy Pipeline ‐ On‐Shore Pipeline Construction  TX‐46 Heavy Pipeline‐Off‐Shore Construction  TX‐51 Building Building Construction Projects (does not include  residential construction consisting of single family  homes and apartments up to and including 4  stories)  TX‐75 Heavy Dredging projects along the Texas gulf coast area  including all public channels, harbors, rivers,  tributaries and the Gulf Intracoastal Waterways.  TX‐81 Heavy Tunnel Construction Projects (Bored, 48” In  Diameter Or More)  END OF SECTION  Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy 00 72 03 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  00 72 03 MINORITY / MBE / DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY  ARTICLE 1 – PARTICIPATION POLICY  1.01 POLICY  A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded  minorities, women, and Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) to participate in the  performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal  Employment Opportunity goals and objectives of the Affirmative Action Policy Statement of  the City dated October 1989, and any amendments thereto.  In accordance with such  policy, the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female  participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise.  1.02 DEFINITIONS  A. Prime Contractor:  Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture  as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract.  B. Subcontractor:  Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint  venture as herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment,  materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a  City contract.  C. Minority Business Enterprise:  A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or  more minority person(s).  Minority person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively  manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set  forth:   1. Owned:  a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be  owned by a minority person.  b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets  or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority  person(s).  c. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the  assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority  person(s).  2. Controlled:  a. The primary power, direct or indirect, to manage a business enterprise rests with  a minority person(s).  3. Share in Payments:  a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise, must  be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends,  interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and  subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business  enterprise.  Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy 00 72 03 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  D. Minority:  Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican‐Americans and other persons of  Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders.  For the  purposes of this policy, women are also considered as minorities.    E. Female Owned Business Enterprise:  A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by  a woman, a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are  owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or  interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women.  F. Joint Venture:  A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships,  corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity  which is limited in scope and direction.  The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the  stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the  joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture.  For example, a joint  venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint  venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority  participation in 25 percent of the Work.  Minority members of the joint venture must have  financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture.  1.03 GOALS  A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in  percentage terms for the Contractor’s aggregate work force on all construction Work for  the Contract award shall be ____________.  B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation)  performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders.  The hours of minority  employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in  each trade.  The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from  project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor’s percentage is  prohibited.  1.04 COMPLIANCE  A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by  copies of paid invoices, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer.  B. Make bi‐weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer.  The Contractor is to indicate the  percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the  Project.  Along with the request for final payment on the Project, the Contractor will  indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved.  The  City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to  submit bi‐weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information  as required.  END OF SECTION  Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00DB ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 7‐1‐2015  00 73 00DB SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS  These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and  other provisions of the Contract Documents.  All provisions not amended or supplemented in these  Supplementary Conditions remain in effect.  The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions.   Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below.  ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY  SC‐1.01 DEFINED TERMS  A. Delete Paragraph 1.01.A.6. entirely.  B. Delete Paragraph 1.01.A.7. entirely.  C. Delete Paragraph 1.01.A.8. entirely.  D. Delete Paragraph 1.01.A.9. entirely.  E. Delete Paragraph 1.01.A.10. entirely.  F. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 1.01.A.22:  “In a Design‐Build Contract, the term Contractor includes the Design‐Builder.”  G. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraphs 1.01.A.26:  “In a Design‐Build Contract, the term Designer includes the Design‐Builder.”  H. Delete Paragraph 1.01.A.41. entirely and insert the following:  “41.  Owner’s Project Team or OPT – The Owner and the Owner’s Authorized  Representative.”  I. Delete Paragraph 1.01.A.49. entirely.  J. Add the following term as Paragraph 1.01.A.62:  “Design‐Builder – A team that includes a licensed engineer and a construction contractor to  provide design and construction services, selected by the Owner under Chapter 2269 of the  Texas Government Code.”  K. Add the following term as Paragraph 1.01.A.63:  “Project Manual – That portion of the Contract Documents which may include the  following: introductory information; solicitation requirements and responses, proposal,  Contract forms and General and Supplemental General Conditions; General Requirements;  Specifications; Drawings, Project Safety Manual; and Addenda.”  ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS  SC‐2.03 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION  A. Delete Paragraph 2.03.A. entirely and insert the following:  Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00DB ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 7‐1‐2015    “2.03 Design‐Builder’s Design Phase Services   A. Design‐Builder’s Representative shall be an employee of the Design‐Builder (unless this  requirement is waived in writing by the Owner) shall be reasonably available to Owner,  and shall have the necessary expertise and experience required to supervise the Work.   Design‐Builder’s Representative shall communicate regularly with Owner and shall be  vested with the authority to act on behalf of Design‐Builder.  Design‐Builder shall  replace the Design‐Builder’s Representative upon Owner’s request in the event the  Design‐Builder’s Representative is unable to perform to Owner’s satisfaction.     B. Design‐Builder shall provide Owner with a monthly status report detailing the progress  of the Work, including whether (i) the Work is proceeding according to schedule, (ii)  discrepancies, conflicts, or ambiguities exist in the Contract Documents that require  resolution, (iii) health and safety issues exist in connection with the Work, and (iv) other  items require resolution so as not to jeopardize Design‐Builder’s ability to complete the  Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time(s).     C. Design‐Builder shall prepare and submit, at least three (3) days prior to the meeting  contemplated by Section 2.03.D hereof, an initial schedule for the execution of the  Work for Owner’s review and approval.  The initial schedule shall indicate the dates for  the start and completion of the various stages of Work, including the dates when Owner  information and approvals are required to enable Design‐Builder to achieve the  Contract Time(s).  The schedule shall be revised by the preliminary schedule and as  required by conditions and progress of the Work, but such revisions shall not relieve  Design‐Builder of its obligations to complete the Work within the Contract Time(s), as  such dates may be adjusted in accordance with the Contract Documents.  Owner’s  review of and response to the initial schedule shall not be construed as relieving Design‐ Builder of its complete and exclusive control over the means, methods, sequences and  techniques for executing the Work. Design‐Builder’s schedules shall identify the critical  path for completing the Work.     D. The parties will meet within seven (7) days after execution of the Agreement, to discuss  issues affecting the administration of the Work and to implement the necessary  procedures, including those relating to submittals and payment, to facilitate the ability  of the parties to perform their obligations under the Contract Documents.  Design‐ Builder shall submit the following to Owner’s Representative for Owner’s review and  approval no later than the meeting contemplated in this paragraph:     1. Letter designating Design‐Builder’s Representative; and     2. Completed Statement of Non‐Inclusion of Asbestos Containing Material (Design  Consultant ‐ Prior to Design).”     3. Preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work. The Final Schedule of Values  for the Construction Phase services portion of the Work will be approved at the  time of Owner’s acceptance of the GMP.  The approved Initial Schedule of  Values will (i) subdivide the Work into its respective parts, (ii) include values for  all items comprising the Work and (iii) serve as the basis for monthly progress  Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00DB ‐ 3  E15152 Bayshore Park 7‐1‐2015  payments made to Design‐Builder throughout the services of the Work.  This  Initial Schedule of Values will include but separately itemize the services for the  Preliminary Phase Services, and the Professional Services Fee, from the cost of  Construction.       4. Proposed Production Schedule for Preliminary Phase Services and Professional  Services Fee in the form and substance required by the Agreement which will be  used for determining the amount to be paid for those services over the duration  of the Contract.     E. Design‐Builder shall not substitute any Subcontractor, Sub‐Subcontractor, person or  organization that has been accepted by Owner, unless the substitute has been accepted  in writing by Owner.     F. Design‐Builder shall, consistent with applicable state licensing laws, provide through  qualified, licensed design professionals employed by Design‐Builder, or procured from  qualified, independent licensed Design Consultants, the necessary design services,  including architectural, engineering and other design professional services, for the  preparation of the required drawings, specifications and other design submittals to  permit Design‐Builder to complete the Work consistent with the Contract Documents.   Nothing in the Contract Documents is intended or deemed to create any legal or  contractual relationship between Owner and any Design Consultant.     G. The standard of care for all design professional services performed to execute the Work  shall be the care and skill ordinarily used by members of the design profession  practicing under similar conditions at the same time and locality of the Project.   Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the parties agree upon specific performance  standards for any aspect of the Work, which standards are to be set forth in an exhibit  to the Agreement entitled “Performance Standard Requirements,” the design  professional services shall be performed to achieve such standards.      H. Design‐Builder and Owner shall, consistent with any applicable provision of the Contract  Documents, agree upon any interim design submissions that Owner may wish to review,  which interim design submissions may include design criteria, drawings, diagrams and  specifications setting forth the Project requirements.   On or about the time of the  scheduled submissions, Design‐Builder and Owner shall meet and confer about the  submissions, with Design‐Builder identifying during such meetings, among other things,  the evolution of the design and any significant changes or deviations from the Contract  Documents, or, if applicable, previously submitted design submissions. Minutes of the  meetings will be maintained by Design‐Builder and provided to all attendees for review.   Following the design review meeting, Owner shall review and approve the interim  design submissions in a time that is consistent with the turnaround times set forth in  Design‐Builder’s schedule.     I. Design‐Builder shall submit to Owner Construction Documents setting forth in detail  drawings and specifications describing the requirements for construction of the Work.   The Construction Documents shall be consistent with the latest set of interim design  submissions, as such submissions may have been modified in a design review meeting.   Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00DB ‐ 4  E15152 Bayshore Park 7‐1‐2015  The parties shall have a design review meeting to discuss, and Owner shall review and  approve, the Construction Documents in accordance with the procedures set forth  above.  Design‐Builder shall proceed with construction in accordance with the approved  Construction Documents and shall submit two sets of approved Construction  Documents to Owner prior to commencement of construction.       J. Owner’s review and approval of interim design submissions and the Construction  Documents is for the purpose of mutually establishing a conformed set of Contract  Documents compatible with the requirements of the Work.  Neither Owner’s review nor  approval of any interim design submissions and Construction Documents shall be  deemed to transfer any design liability from Design‐Builder to Owner.     K. To the extent not prohibited by the Contract Documents or Legal Requirements, Design‐ Builder may prepare interim design submissions and Construction Documents for a  portion of the Work to permit construction to proceed on that portion of the Work prior  to completion of the Construction Documents for the entire Work.      L. Design‐Builder shall perform the Work in accordance with all Legal Requirements and  shall provide all notices applicable to the Work as required by the Legal Requirements.     M. The Contract Price and/or Contract Time(s) shall be adjusted to compensate Design‐ Builder for the effects of any changes in the Legal Requirements enacted after the date  of the Agreement affecting the performance of the Work, or if a Guaranteed Maximum  Price is established after the date of the Agreement, the date the parties agree upon the  Guaranteed Maximum Price.  Such effects may include, without limitation, revisions  Design‐Builder is required to make to the Construction Documents because of changes  in Legal Requirements.     N. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Design‐Builder shall obtain  and pay for all necessary permits, approvals, licenses, government charges and fees  required for the prosecution of the Work by any government or quasi‐government  entity having jurisdiction over the Project.       O. Design‐Builder shall provide reasonable assistance to Owner in obtaining those permits,  approvals and licenses that are Owner’s responsibility.”  ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK  SC‐4.04 DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR’S PROGRESS  A. The allocation for delays in the Contractor’s progress for rain days as set forth in General  Conditions Paragraph 4.04.D are to be determined as follows:  1. Include rain days in developing the schedule for construction.  Schedule construction  so that the Work will be completed within the Contract Times assuming that these rain  days will occur.  Incorporate residual impacts following rain days such as limited access  to and within the Site, inability to work due to wet or muddy Site conditions, delays in  delivery of equipment and materials, and other impacts related to rain days when  Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00DB ‐ 5  E15152 Bayshore Park 7‐1‐2015  developing the schedule for construction.  Include all costs associated with these rain  days and residual impacts in the Contract Price.  2. A rain day is defined as any day in which the amount of rain measured by the National  Weather Services at the Power Street Stormwater Pump Station is 0.50 inch or  greater.  Records indicate the following average number of rain days for each month:  Month Day Month Days  January 3 July 3  February 3 August 4  March 2 September 7  April 3 October 4  May 4 November 3  June 4 December 3  3. A total of 30 rain days have been set for this Project.  An extension of time due to rain  days will be considered only after 30 rain days have been exceeded in a calendar year  and the OAR has determined that a detrimental impact to the construction schedule  resulted from the excessive rainfall.  Rain days are to be incorporated into the  schedule and unused rain days will be considered float time which may be consumed  by the Owner or Contractor in delay claims.  ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;  HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS  SC‐5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS  A. Delete Paragraph 5.03 entirely and insert the following:  “5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions  B. No reports of explorations or tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site, or  drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the  Site, are known to Owner.  Design‐Builder shall be responsible for all surface and  subsurface investigations.”  SC‐5.04 DIFFERING SUBSURFACE OR PHYSICAL CONDITIONS   A. Delete Paragraph 5.04 entirely and insert the following:  “5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions  B. Design‐Builder shall be responsible for all surface and subsurface investigations.  Owner  shall have no liability for differing conditions.”  SC‐5.05 UNDERGROUND FACILITIES   A. Delete Paragraph 5.05 entirely and insert the following:  “5.05 Underground Facilities   Supplementary Conditions 00 73 00DB ‐ 6  E15152 Bayshore Park 7‐1‐2015  A. Design‐Builder shall be responsible for identifying all underground facilities at or  adjacent to the Site.  Owner shall have no liability for differing conditions.”  SC‐5.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE  A. Delete Paragraph 5.06 entirely and insert the following:  “5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site  A. No reports of explorations or tests for Hazardous Environmental Conditions at or  contiguous to the Site are known to Owner.  Design‐Builder shall be responsible for all  explorations or tests.  Owner shall have no liability for differing conditions.”    ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE  SC‐6.01 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND OTHER BONDS   A. Delete Paragraph 6.01.A. entirely and insert the following:   “A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as security for the faithful performance and  payment of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents.  If a fixed contract  amount or guaranteed maximum price has not been determined at the time a design‐build  contract is awarded, the amount of each bond must equal the construction budget.   Otherwise, the amount will equal the contract amount.  These Bonds are to remain in  effect until 1 year after the date of final payment.  Furnish other Bonds as required by the  Contract Documents.”    ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES  SC‐7.06 PERMITS   A. Delete Paragraph 7.06.A. entirely and insert the following:   “A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses.  OPT is to assist Contractor in  obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations.   Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work  which are applicable at the time the Contractor’s Proposal is submitted or when Contractor  negotiates the Contract Price.”  SC‐7.15 DELEGATION OF PROFESSIONAL DESIGN SERVICES   A. Delete Paragraph 7.15. entirely.    END OF SECTION  Special Conditions for [Funding Agency] 00 74 00 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  00 74 00 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR [NAME OF PROGRAM]  The City may participate in a grant or loan program.  Grants and Loans from governmental entities  (Funding Agency) often require that their conditions and reporting requirements be included in the  Contract Documents as a condition of the grant or loan.  This Specification Section provides a location  for any policies, forms or other requirements of the Funding Agency to be inserted exactly as required  by that entity.    ARTICLE 1 – GENERAL  1.01 FUNDING AGENCY REQUIREMENTS  A. This Project is funded in whole or in part by [Name of Funding Agency] (Funding Agency).   The Funding Agency requires specific conditions and reporting as a condition for providing  this funding.  The conditions and reporting forms of the Funding Agency are included in the  Contract Documents.  The Funding Agency requirements govern in the event of any conflict  between the Funding Agency requirements and any other provision of the Contract  Documents.  B. The applicable Funding Agency conditions and reporting forms are as follows:  Specification  Section Title Funding Agency Document No.              END OF SECTION  Summary of Work 01 11 00 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK  1.00 GENERAL  1.01 WORK INCLUDED  A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents.  1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project  completely and fully useable.  2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete  Project.  3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to  complete the Project.  Additional details required for the correct installation of  selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR.  1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK  A. Work is described in general, non‐inclusive terms as:  1. Bayshore Park will be a primary venue for special events year round including a range  of recreational and cultural activities appealing to residents and tourists. Underground  utility infrastructure and lighting to accommodate the aforementioned activities will  be a priority for the Bayshore Park project to include water service, wastewater,  electrical improvements, street and pedestrian improvements.  2. The selected design‐builder will work in collaboration with the City to further develop  additional details for the scope items, estimate each scope item based on a life‐cycle  cost evaluation taking into account the project location being in the Coastal Bend  region that comes into contact with some of the most damaging corrosion  environment in the United States. “Atmospheric Corrosion” should be recognized as a  project challenge and will be considered throughout the design period. The City is  interested in materials and equipment that represent the lowest life cycle cost taking  into account this corrosive environment.  1.03 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS  A. The following items of work are not included in this Contract, but may impact construction  scheduling and completion:  1. none  B. In the case of a disagreement between the above list and those specified elsewhere in the  Contract Documents, the Contractor is to base his Proposal on the most expensive listing.  C. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction and testing  of the items listed above.  1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR.  2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any  specified Milestones.  Summary of Work 01 11 00 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  1.04 WORK BY OWNER  A. The Owner plans to perform the following items of work which are not included in this  Contract, but may impact the construction scheduling and completion:  1. List for each project.  B. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction of the  items listed above.  1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR.  2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any  specified Milestones.  C. Owner will provide normal operation and maintenance of the existing facilities during  construction, unless otherwise stated.  1.05 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES  A. Pay for temporary power, including but not limited to construction cost, meter connection  fees, and permits.  1.06 USE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION  A. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after  notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so.  B. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these  provisions for use of the Project.  C. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the  remaining period of construction.  D. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public.  2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)  3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED)  END OF SECTION  Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 03‐11‐2015  01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES  1.00 GENERAL  1.01 WORK INCLUDED  A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in  accordance with the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement,  and this Section.  The Contract Price is to include costs for:  1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents;  2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials;  3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances;  4. Commissioning, start‐up, training and initial maintenance and operation;  5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer’s facilities or on Site;  6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or  indirectly for the Project;  7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff,  including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support;  8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services;  9. Bonds and insurance;  10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties;  11. Taxes;  12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents;  13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including:  a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and  equipment,  b. Storage facilities for Contractor’s use, storage facilities for stored materials and  equipment, including spare parts storage,  c. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology  and telecommunications equipment,  d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for  workers and for others working at the Site,  e. Temporary facilities for power and communications,  f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and  g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment;  14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location;  15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project;  Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 03‐11‐2015  16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and  treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment;  17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of  Concern;  18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments,  storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the  Project;  19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or  underground structures or features;  20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any  overhead, surface, or underground structures or features;  21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project;  22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided  through Subcontractors or Suppliers;  23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or  as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents;  24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start‐up, and initial  operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems;  25. Contractor’s safety programs, including management, administration, and training;  26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation  is transferred to Owner;  27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements;  28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and  29. Demobilization of all physical, temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project.  B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to  provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price.  C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of  Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first  Application for Payment.  Submit approval using the Consent of Surety Company to  Payment Procedures form provided.  Payment will not be made without this approval.  D. City may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or  documentation are not up to date:  1. Progress Schedule per SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE.  2. Project photographs per SECTION 01 33 05 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC  DOCUMENTATION.  3. Record Documents per SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION.  4. Documentation required to comply with Owner’s Minority / MBE / DBE Participation  Policy.  Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 ‐ 3  E15152 Bayshore Park 03‐11‐2015  1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES  A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the  first Application for Payment.  B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form for Attachment A ‐ Tabulation of Earned Value of  Original Contract Performed.  C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved  by the City.  D. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule  of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned  value for each item.  1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value  expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item.  2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials, or  equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into  units or subassemblies.  3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine  earned value.  a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum  amount for that line item.  b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of  the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order.  4. Include Contractor’s overhead and profit in each line item in proportion to the value of  the line item to the Contract Price.  5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to  provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item.  6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted  from the Project.  7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price.  E. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components.  The first  component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently  incorporated into the Project.  The second component is all other cost associated with the  item in the Agreement.  The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line  item in the Schedule of Values.  F. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion, show  the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost.  1.03 SCHEDULE OF ANTICIPATED PAYMENTS AND EARNED VALUE  A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application  numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested.  Incorporate  retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments.  Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 ‐ 4  E15152 Bayshore Park 03‐11‐2015  B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to  create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each  month.  Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications.  Use this curve to  compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated  cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned  Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month.  Use the comparison of values to  determine performance on budget and schedule.  C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication  of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work  performed.  1.04 BASIS FOR PAYMENTS  A. Lump Sum Contracts:  1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment  period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the  payment period per the Contract Documents.  2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents  multiplied by the percentage of Work completed.  3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine  earned value per Paragraph 1.02.E.3 will be made for the measured number of units.  4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 1.05.  B. Unit Price Contracts:  1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment  period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the  Contract Documents.  a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents  multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Agreement.  b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 1.05.  2. Measure the Work described in the Agreement for payment.  Payment will be made  only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number,  and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents.  Payment on  a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the  Contract Documents.  Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price  for that line item.  1.05 PAYMENT FOR STORED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT.  A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site.  1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage.  2. Payment for materials and equipment show in the Application for Payment on  Attachment A or Attachment B ‐ Tabulation of Work on Approved Contract  Modifications will be made for the invoice amount, up to the value show in the  Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 ‐ 5  E15152 Bayshore Park 03‐11‐2015  Schedule of Values for that line item.  Costs for material and equipment in excess of  the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items.  3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and  materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in  the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment  are required to complete Work described in that item.  4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on Attachment D ‐ Tabulation of  Values for Materials and Equipment.  Include invoice numbers on Attachment D so  that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on  Attachment D.  B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received  the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens.  Provide documentation of payment  for materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment.  Adjust payment to the  amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount.  Remove items from the  tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided.  Payment will  not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment.  C. Contractors can be paid for non‐perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided  that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value; and provide  documents, satisfactory to the City, that show that the material supplier has been paid for  the materials delivered to the work site.   D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property  insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner’s interest.  E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of  payment.  The Contractor’s obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance,  insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until  accepted in accordance with the General Conditions.  F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product.  1.06 RETAINAGE AND SET‐OFFS  A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement.   Retainage will be released per the General Conditions.  B. Reduce payments for set‐offs per the General Conditions.  Include Attachment C –  Tabulation of Set‐Offs in the Application for Payment.  1.07 PROCEDURES FOR SUBMITTING AN APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT  A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the  date established in the Agreement for Owner to make progress payments.  Do not submit  Applications for Payment more often than monthly.  Review the draft Application for  Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with:  1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and  documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract.  2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item.  Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 ‐ 6  E15152 Bayshore Park 03‐11‐2015  3. Set‐offs included in the Application for Payment.  4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials  and equipment.  B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been  reached on the draft Application for Payment.    1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period.  2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value  for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set‐ offs.  Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached  tabulation for each.  3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of  Values for Work shown in the original Contract.  4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line item for approved Change  Orders.  Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved.  Change Orders  must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items.  5. Include Attachment C to document set‐offs required per the Contract Documents.   Show each set‐off as it is applied.  Show a corresponding line item to reduce the Set  off amount if a payment held by a set‐off is released for payment.  6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested  as materials in Attachments A and B.  Enter materials to show the amount of the  invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials  used on several line items.  7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment,  covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored  in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all amounts have been paid for  Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the  Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is  now due.  C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF):  1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet  provided.  2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in  a format equivalent to the document original.  Documents are to be scalable to allow  printing on standard 8‐1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper.  1.08 RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER’S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE  A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on  the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR.  B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the  Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed  to draft Application for Payment.  Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 ‐ 7  E15152 Bayshore Park 03‐11‐2015  C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify  the Contractor of the OPT’s reasons for not recommending payment.  Contractor may make  necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended  within 10 days after receipt of the notice.  OAR will review resubmitted Application for  Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as  appropriate.  D. OAR’s recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT  that based on their experience and the information available:  1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated;  2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and  3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met.  E. This representation is subject to:  1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole;  2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or  3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation.  F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment:  1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been  performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or  involved detailed inspections of the Work; or  2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional  compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not  exist.  G. Neither OPT’s review of Contractor’s Work for the purposes of recommending payments  nor OAR’s recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT:  1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work;  2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or  safety precautions and programs;  3. For Contractor’s failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to  Contractor’s performance of the Work;  4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the  monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or   5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free  and clear of Liens.  1.09 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT  A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for:  1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments,  2. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner,  Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 ‐ 8  E15152 Bayshore Park 03‐11‐2015  3. Penalties and bonuses,  4. Deductions for liquidated damages,  5. Deduction for all final set‐offs, and  6. Other adjustments if needed.  B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract  Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary  reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities.  C. Submit the final Application for Payment per the General Conditions, including the final  Change Order.  Provide the following with the Final Application for Payment:  1. Evidence of payment or release of liens on the forms provided and as required by the  General Conditions.  2. Consent from Surety to Final Payment.  1.10 PAYMENT BY OWNER  A. Owner is to pay the amount recommended for monthly payments within 30 days after  receipt of the OAR’s recommended Application for Payment.  2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)  3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED)  END OF SECTION  Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION  1.00 GENERAL  1.01 WORK INCLUDED  A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality  within the Contract Times.  B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices.  C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations.  D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental  conditions at the Site.  Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed.  E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of  excess earth as required in SECTION 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS.  1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE  A. Employ competent workmen, skilled in the occupation for which they are employed.   Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents.  B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and  approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site.  Clearly mark Work as  Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed.  1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL  A. Provide documents in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT.  1. Provide copies of Supplier’s printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials  or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation.  2. Incorporate field notes, sketches, recordings, and computations made by the  Contractor in Record Drawings.  1.04 PERMITS  A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction.  Pay  building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price.  B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site.  C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads.  D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work.  E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work.  F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with  obtaining services, or for inspection fees.  G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all  regulations and conditions of the permit or license.  Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  1.05 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS  A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site.  B. Provide safe access to move through the Site.  Provide protective devices to warn and  protect from hazards at the Site.  C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections.  D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and  other Laws and Regulation.  E. Cooperate with accident investigations.  Provide two copies of all reports, including  insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the  Project to the OAR as Record Data per SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA.  1.06 ACCESS TO THE SITE  A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times.  Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or  access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances.  Provide safe access for  normal operations during construction.  B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections.  Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and  protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed.  Construct additional  safe access if required for inspections.  C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate  representatives of each entity.  Roadways may not be approved for construction traffic.   Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site.   Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per SECTION 01 33 03  RECORD DATA.  1.07 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF SITE  A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or  approved by the OAR.  Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR.  B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft.  C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site.  Do not allow persons  under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the  Site at any time.  Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal  substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site.  Criminal or civil  penalties may also apply.  D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures as  discussed in SECTION 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS.  E. Park employees’ vehicles in designated areas only.  F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately‐owned land outside of  the Owner’s property, rights‐of‐way, or easements.  G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual  harassment in any form.  These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of  the offender from the premises.  Criminal or civil penalties may apply.  Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 ‐ 3  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements.  Do  not allow sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn  on the Project.  I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any  conditions.  No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits.   Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons  immediately from the Site.  1.08 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES  A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site.  Locate utilities,  streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters.  Verify the  elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations.  Report any discrepancies from  information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction.  B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require  relocation or replacement.  Prepare a Plan of Action per SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL  PROCEDURES.  Coordinate Work with local utility company and others for the relocation or  replacement.  C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences,  wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems  or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings.  Restore  damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner.  D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure  or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities.   Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or  approved by the OAR.  Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move  services, poles, guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions.  E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site.  1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT.  2. Mark trees to be removed with paint.  3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around  the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing  trees.  Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment.  4. Protect root zone from compaction.  1.09 PRE‐CONSTRUCTION EXPLORATORY EXCAVATIONS  A. Excavate and expose existing pipelines that cross within 20 feet of Project pipelines prior to  any Work.  Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each  point the existing pipeline may potentially conflict with the Work.  B. Excavate and expose existing parallel pipelines at 300 feet intervals (maximum) for existing  pipelines which are within 10 feet of Project pipelines.  Survey the line to determine its  exact vertical and horizontal location at each point where the line is excavated and  exposed.  Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 ‐ 4  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  C. Prepare a Plan of Action per SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES indicating the owner  of pipelines excavated and surveyed and all pertinent survey data, including the station  where lines cross or conflicts may exist and the distance to the pavement centerline and  elevations of the top of existing pipelines.  D. Do not perform Work on the Project until all exploratory excavations have been completed  and the Plan of Action has been approved by the Designer.  E. Include the cost for these pre‐construction exploratory excavations in the unit price for  pipe construction.  Pavement repairs associated with exploratory excavations will be paid  for at the unit prices for pavement repair.  1.10 DISRUPTION TO SERVICES / CONTINUED OPERATIONS  A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted  otherwise.  Owner or utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities.  Keep  disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum.  1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators.  2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified  Work.  3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times.  Provide temporary  service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that  the flow is not restricted.  B. Provide a Plan of Action in accordance with SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES if  facilities must be taken out of operation.  1.11 FIELD MEASUREMENTS  A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning  construction for products required to fit existing conditions.  B. Verify property lines, control lines, grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings.  C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to  be installed.  D. Include field measurements in Record Drawings as required in SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT  COORDINATION.  1.12 REFERENCE DATA AND CONTROL POINTS  A. The OPT will provide the following control points:  1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control.  2. Benchmarks for vertical control.  B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent  reference points during construction.  Designated control points may be on an existing  structure or monument.  Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the  OAR.  Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation.   Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey.  Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 ‐ 5  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction.  1. Provide competent personnel.  Provide equipment including accurate surveying  instruments, stakes, platforms, tools, and materials.  2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5  Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in  Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision.  3. Record Data and measurements per standards.  1.13 DELIVERY AND STORAGE  A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction.  B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels  attached.  Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices.  Reseal  cartons and store properly until used.  Leave products in packages or other containers until  installed.  C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site.  D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain  and operate existing facilities.  E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier’s storage instructions immediately upon  delivery.  Leave seals and labels intact.  F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction.  Store products subject to  damage by elements in substantial weather‐tight enclosures or storage sheds.  Provide and  maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products.  Provide temperature,  humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier’s instructions.   Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project.  G. Protect the pipe interior.  Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other  objects out of the pipe during the Work.  Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved  manner when pipe is not being installed.  Clean or wash out pipe sections that become  contaminated before continuing with installation.  Take precautions to prevent the pipe  from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations.   Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position.  H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out‐of‐doors.  1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products  above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage.  Protect products from  soiling or staining.  2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the  elements, with impervious sheet materials.  Provide ventilation to prevent  condensation below covering.  3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to  prevent mixing with foreign matter.  4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water.  Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 ‐ 6  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored  materials.  6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the  entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials.  Protect PVC pipe from  ultraviolet light exposure.  7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage.  I. Maintain storage facilities.  Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of  severe weather to verify that:  1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements;  2. Supplier’s required environmental conditions are continually maintained; and  3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely  affected.  J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls.  K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored.  1.14 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION  A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and  provide positive means to prevent air‐borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere.   Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations.  B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free  from accumulations of waste or rubbish.  Provide containers on Site for waste collection.   Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site.  Control dust from  waste materials.  Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible.  C. Comply with Laws and Regulations.  Do not burn or bury waste materials.  Remove waste  materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private  disposal facilities.  D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance.  1. Remove construction debris, boxes and trash from the Site.  2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices.  3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt.  4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris.  Use water trucks or hose  down paved site to like new appearance.  1.15 MAINTENANCE OF ROADS, DRIVEWAYS AND ACCESS  A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public  vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing.  Do  not close public roads overnight.  Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 ‐ 7  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner’s approval of a street closing.  The request  shall state:  1. The reason for closing the street.  2. How long the street will remain closed.  3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic.  C. Construct temporary detours, including by‐pass roads around construction, with  adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times.  Maintain barricades,  signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations.  Maintain barricades, signs,  and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition  of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).  D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives.  1.16 AREA ACCESS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL  A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of  inconvenience to motorists and the public.  Provide all‐weather access to all residents and  businesses at all times during construction.  Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of  approved material during wet weather.  Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the  Site to meet the demands of inclement weather.  B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining  properties.  Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary  ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties.  C. Comply with the Owner’s Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices.  Copies of this  document are available through the Owner’s Traffic Engineering Department.  Secure  required permits from the Owner’s Traffic Engineering Department.  1.17 OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL WIRES  A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working  beneath overhead electrical wires.  Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing  overhead electrical wires or facilities.  B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or  are not shown in the Contract Documents.  1.18 BLASTING  A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose.  1.19 ARCHAEOLOGICAL REQUIREMENTS  A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or  archaeological artifacts are found during construction.  B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant  historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts  could be found.  Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 ‐ 8  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  1. Obtain details for Working in these areas.  2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site.  3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission.  4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission.  C. Do not disturb archaeological sites.  1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction  personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis.  2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area.  a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as  possible.  b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas.  D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by  construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for  non‐compliance with these requirements.  E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological  finds.  No additional compensation will be paid for delays.  1.20 ENDANGERED SPECIES RESOURCES  A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a  threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal  Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on  Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species.  B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or  endangered species is encountered during construction.  OPT will implement actions in  accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes.  Resume construction in the area of  the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR.  1.21 COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC AGENCIES  A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of  the Project.  B. Provide a 48‐hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in  the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company  at 1‐800‐669‐8344.  C. For the Contractor’s convenience, the following telephone numbers are listed:  Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number  City Engineer 826‐3500  Traffic Engineering 826‐3540  Police Department 882‐2600  Water Department 826‐1881 (826‐1888 after hours)  Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 ‐ 9  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number  Wastewater Department 826‐1800 (826‐1818 after hours)  Gas Department 885‐6900 (885‐6913 after hours)  Storm Water Department 826‐1875 (826‐3140 after hours)  Parks & Recreation Department 826‐3461  Streets and Solid Waste Services 826‐1940  AEP 1‐877‐373‐4858  SBC / AT&T 881‐2511 (1‐800‐824‐4424 after hours)  City Street Div. for Traffic Signal/  Fiber Optic Locate  826‐1946  826‐3547  Cablevision 857‐5000 (857‐5060 after hours)  ACSI (Fiber Optic) 887‐9200 (Pager 800‐724‐3624)  KMC (Fiber Optic) 813‐1124 (Pager 888‐204‐1679)  ChoiceCom (Fiber Optic) 881‐5767 (Pager 850‐2981)  CAPROCK (Fiber Optic) 512‐935‐0958 (Mobile)  Brooks Fiber Optic (MAN) 972‐753‐4355  Regional Transportation Authority 289‐2712  Port of Corpus Christi Authority Eng. 855‐6153  TxDOT Area Office 808‐2384  Corpus Christi ISD 886‐9005  2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)  3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED)  END OF SECTION  Project Coordination 01 31 13 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION  1.00 GENERAL  1.01 WORK INCLUDED  A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project.  Provide documentation per the  requirements of this Section.  Provide information as requested by the OPT.  1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL  A. Provide documents in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT.  B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document  submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and  Project closeout.  A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor  before or at the pre‐construction conference.  1.03 COMMUNICATION DURING THE PROJECT  A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project.  B. The Designer will coordinate correspondence concerning:  1. Documents, including Applications for Payment.  2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents.  3. Contract Modifications.  4. Observation of Work and testing.  5. Claims.  C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor.  Any required  communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of  the Contractor.  D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre‐construction  conference.  Include the following with communications as a minimum:  1. Name of the Owner.  2. Project name.  3. Contract title.  4. Project number.  5. Date.  6. A reference statement.  E. Submit communications on the forms referenced in this Section or in SECTION 01 33 00  DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT.  Project Coordination 01 31 13 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  1.04 PROJECT MEETINGS  A. Pre‐Construction Conference:  1. Attend a pre‐construction conference.  2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR.  3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of  Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued.  4. The OPT, Contractor’s project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility  companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend  the conference.  5. Provide and be prepared to discuss:  a. Preliminary construction schedule per SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION  PROGRESS SCHEDULE.  b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per SECTION 01 29 00  APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES.  c. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers.  d. Contractor’s organizational chart as it relates to this Project.  e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that  authority with respect to the execution of legal documents, Contract  Modifications, and payment requests.  B. Progress Meetings:  1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner.  a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project.  b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR.  c. Contractor’s superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting.   Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters.  d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to  the meeting.  2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project.   Prepare to discuss:  a. Status of overall Project schedule.  b. Contractor’s detailed schedule for the next month.  c. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment.  d. Coordination with the Owner.  e. Status of documents.  f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents.  g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract.  Project Coordination 01 31 13 ‐ 3  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts.  i. Maintenance of quality standards.  3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings.  Review the minutes of the meeting and notify  the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum.   The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired.  Corrections will be  reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes.  C. Pre‐ Submittal and Pre‐Installation Meetings:  1. Conduct pre‐submittal and pre‐installation meetings as required in the individual  technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example,  instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.).  2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated  Work.  Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 1.07 for the  meeting 2 weeks before the meeting.  OPT must approve of the proposed time and  location.  3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and  Suppliers in the meeting.  4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review.  OPT will review the  minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days  of the date of the meeting memorandum.  The minutes will not be corrected after the  10 days have expired.  Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting  minutes.  1.05 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION  A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the Designer to obtain additional information or  clarification of the Contract Documents.  1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided.  2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further  clarification.  Designer will return requests that do not have adequate information to  the Contractor for additional information.  Contractor is responsible for all delays  resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information.  3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided.  Response will be  made on the RFI form or in attached information.  B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification  of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract  Documents.  C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE  MANAGEMENT if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required.  D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken  in accordance with Paragraph 1.06.  E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance  with Paragraph 1.06.  Project Coordination 01 31 13 ‐ 4  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  1.06 DECISION AND ACTION ITEM LOG  A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings,  telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided:  1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting.  2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly  meeting.  B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track  assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format  provided:  1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting.  2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log  assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to  the OAR.  Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting  established in Paragraph 1.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress  meetings.  3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting.  C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will  have the preparation of a Modification as an action items if appropriate.  The Contract  Documents can only be changed by a Modification.  1.07 NOTIFICATION BY CONTRACTOR  A. Notify the OAR of:  1. Need for testing.  2. Intent to work outside regular working hours.  3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities.  4. Proposed utility connections.  5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work.  6. Training.  B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to  respond appropriately to the notification.  C. Use “Notification by Contractor” form provided.  1.08 RECORD DOCUMENTS  A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including:  1. Drawings.  2. Specifications.  3. Addenda.  4. Modifications.  Project Coordination 01 31 13 ‐ 5  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings.  6. Construction photographs.  7. Test Reports.  8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses.  9. Reference standards.  B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor’s field office.  1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction.  2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents.  3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples.  4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order.  5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT.  C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in  PDF format.  1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual  number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed.  2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes.  D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format.  1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual  number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed.  2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes.  3. Record information as construction is being performed.  Do not conceal any Work until  the required information is recorded.  4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following:  a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor  datum or the top of walls.  b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances  constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction.  c. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work.  Refer  measurements to permanent structures on the surface.  Include the following  equipment:  1) Piping.  2) Ductwork.  3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair.  4) Valves, unions, traps, and tanks.  5) Services entrance.  6) Feeders.  Project Coordination 01 31 13 ‐ 6  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  7) Outlets.  d. Changes of dimension and detail.  e. Changes by Modifications.  f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log.  g. Details not on the original Drawings.  Include field verified dimensions and  clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to  RFIs.  5. Mark Drawings with the following colors:  a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue;  b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work (lines added) in yellow;  c. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and  d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green.  6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to  Final Completion of the Project.  E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are  found to be incomplete or not in order.  Final payment will not be recommended without  complete Record Documents.  2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)  3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED)  END OF SECTION  Change Management 01 31 14 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT  1.00 GENERAL  1.01 REQUESTS FOR CHANGE PROPOSAL  A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP).  1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications.  2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor.  A number  will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued.  3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 1.02 to the Designer for  evaluation by the OPT.  1.02 CHANGE PROPOSALS  A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the  Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal.  1. Use the Change Proposal form provided.  2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued.  3. Include with the Change Proposal:  a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or  proposed changes to the OPT’s description of the proposed Modification.  b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a  Change Proposal.  c. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a  change in Contract Price.  The itemized breakdown is to include:  1) List of materials and equipment to be installed;  2) Man hours for labor by classification;  3) Equipment used in construction;  4) Consumable supplies, fuels, and materials;  5) Royalties and patent fees;  6) Bonds and insurance;  7) Overhead and profit;  8) Field office costs;  9) Home office cost; and  10) Other items of cost.  d. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor  or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a  Subcontractor or Supplier.  Indicate appropriate Contractor mark‐ups for Work  Change Management 01 31 14 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers.  Provide the level of detail  outline in the paragraph above for self‐performed Work.  e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 13 of the General Conditions  for Cost of Work.   f. Provide a revised schedule.  Show the effect of the change on the Project  Schedule and the Contract Times.  B. Submit a Change Proposal to the Designer to request a Field Order.  C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract  Documents.  D. Request changes to products in accordance with SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS.  1.03 DESIGNER WILL EVALUATE THE REQUEST FOR A MODIFICATION.  A. Designer will issue a Modification per the General Conditions if the Change Proposal is  acceptable to the Owner.  Designer will issue a Change Order or Contract Amendment for  any changes in Contract Price or Contract Times.  1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution  with a copy to the Owner recommending approval.  A Work Change Directive may be  issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment  can be authorized by the Owner.  2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be  approved by the Owner.  a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change  Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed  at the Contractor’s risk.  b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments  until approved by the Owner.  B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved  and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents.  1.04 EQUAL NON SPECIFIED PRODUCTS  A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several  manufacturers but do not specifically list “or equal” or “or approved equal” products.  Use  of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution.  Follow the procedures  in Paragraph 1.05 for a substitution.   B. Contractor may submit other manufacturers’ products that are in full compliance with the  Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase  “or equal” or “or approved equal.”  1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS to  document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product.  2. Prove that the product is equal.  It is not the OPT’s responsibility to prove the product  is not equal.  Change Management 01 31 14 ‐ 3  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is  equal to the Contract Document requirements.  b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer’s published data  sheets and available information.  Provide this printed material with the Shop  Drawing.  c. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product  is final.  3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an  equal, the Contractor:  a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is  equal or superior in all respects to the product specified.  b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in  the same process as the specified product.  c. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified.  d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be  necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all  claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product  into the Project which may subsequently become apparent.  e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product.  4. A Change Proposal is not required for any product that is in full compliance with the  Contract Documents.  If the product is not in full compliance, it may be offered as a  Substitution.  1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS  A. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the  Project in lieu of the specified product.  Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 1.02 along  with a Shop Drawing as required by SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS to request  approval of a substitution.   B. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute.  It is not the Designer’s responsibility  to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute.  1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is  acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements.  2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and  available information.  Provide this printed material with the documents submitted.  3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute  product is final.  C. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request, the Contractor:  1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same  manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the  specified product.  Change Management 01 31 14 ‐ 4  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as  specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product.  3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to  incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for  additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into  the Project which may subsequently become apparent.  4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product.  D. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS.  2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)  3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED)  END OF SECTION  Document Management 01 33 00 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT  1.00 GENERAL  1.01 WORK INCLUDED  A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably  requested by the OPT.  1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE  A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood  manner.  Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review.  1.03 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES  A. Review documents prior to submitting.  Make certifications as required by the Contract  Documents and as indicated on forms provided.  B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates  on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that  documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule.  Use the form provided  for this list.  C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by  SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE.  1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is  not delayed.  2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress  Schedule.  Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of  time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor.  3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at  one time.  4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not  delayed.  1.04 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES  A. Submit documents through the Designer.  Send all documents in digital format for  processing.  1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form.  Do  not leave any blanks incomplete.  If information is not applicable, enter NA in the  space provided.  2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted.  3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF).  Document Management 01 33 00 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  a. Create PDF document using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible  software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam  Revu software.  b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from  scanned documents.  c. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor  screen when opened in PDF viewing software.  d. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed  in a format equivalent to the document original.  Documents are to be scalable to  allow printing on standard 8‐1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper.  e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document.  f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or  searched using text search features.  Run scanned documents through Optical  Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary.  g. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from  being moved or deleted.  Flatten documents to allow markup recovery.  h. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the  option for “Drop Metadata.”  Uncheck the “Drop Metadata” box when reducing  file size  i. Add footers to each document with the Project name.  1.05 DOCUMENT NUMBERING  A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during  the review process.  1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix.   Prefixes shall be as follows:  Prefix Description Originator  AP Application for Payment Contractor  CO Change Order OAR  CP Change Proposal Contractor  CTR Certified Test Report Contractor  FO Field Order OAR  NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor  PD Photographic Documentation Contractor  RCP Request for a Change Proposal  OAR  RD Record Data Contractor  RFI Request for Information Contractor  SD Shop Drawing Contractor  Document Management 01 33 00 ‐ 3  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  Prefix Description Originator  SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor  2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document.  3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document  followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document  has been sent to the Designer for processing.  For example:  SD 025 A represents Shop  Drawing number 25 and the letter “A” designates that this is the second time this  document has been sent for review.  4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document.  5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are  processed in different ways.  B. Include reference the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation,  schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms.   Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the  reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used.  1.06 DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS  A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections.  Submit  documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents.  B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table:  Document Type Specification Section  Application for Payment 01 29 00  Change Proposal 01 31 14  Certified Test Report  01 33 02 for approval of product  01 40 00 to demonstrate compliance  Notification by Contractor 01 31 13  Photographic Documentation 01 33 05  Progress Schedules 01 33 04  Record Data 01 33 03  Request for Information 01 31 13  Shop Drawing 01 33 02  Schedule of Values 01 29 00  Substitutions  01 31 14  Suppliers and Subcontractors 01 31 13 and 01 33 03  Document Management 01 33 00 ‐ 4  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)  3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED)  END OF SECTION  Shop Drawings 01 33 02 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS  1.00 GENERAL  1.01 WORK INCLUDED  A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the  Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without  additional detailed information from the Supplier.  B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested  by the OPT to:  1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner;  2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their  fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and  3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the  Contractor conform, in general, to the design concepts of the Contract Documents.  C. Contractor’s responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved  by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups.  Contract modifications can only be  approved by Change Order or Field Order.  1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE  A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood  manner.  Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected.  B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the  design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents, or will be if deviations  requested per Paragraph 1.10 are approved.  C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the  document submittal.  1.03 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES  A. Provide Shop Drawings for the following items:  Specification Section Shop Drawing Description           B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by SECTION 01 33 00  DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted, the dates on  which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the  product will be incorporated into the Project.  C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by  SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE.  Shop Drawings 01 33 02 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project  is not delayed.  2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress  Schedule.  Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting  the Shop Drawing for a least a second review.  Assume a 14 day review cycle for each  time a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated  in the Contract Documents.  3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one  time.  4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so  construction of the Project is not delayed.  D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample:  1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other  Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract  Documents;  2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation  requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect to  Shop Drawings and Samples;  3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect  to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and  installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and  4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor’s responsibilities for means,  methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety  precautions and programs incident thereto.  E. Determine and verify:  1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop  Drawing;  2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing  have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and  equipment have been identified;  3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the  attention of the OPT through the Designer;  4. Shop Drawing are complete for their intended purpose; and  5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawing related to the various Subcontractors and  Suppliers have been resolved.  F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer.  Certify that all Shop Drawings  have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract  Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment  when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer’s  attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with  Paragraph 1.10.  Shop Drawings 01 33 02 ‐ 3  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at  the Contractor’s risk.  Defective products may be rejected at the Owner’s option.  H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required  until these are approved by the Designer.  1.04 SHOP DRAWING REQUIREMENTS  A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can:  1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors, textures, or other aesthetic features.  2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise  Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents.  3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and  advise the Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the performance  criteria specified in the Contract Documents.  4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for  compliance with the Contract Documents.  B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including:  1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product;  2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and  supports required;  3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers;  4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions,  templates, patterns, and coordination drawings;  5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and  6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing  conditions.  Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent  actual dimensions obtained at the Site.  C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same  time.  Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until  a complete package is submitted.  1.05 SPECIAL CERTIFICATIONS AND REPORTS  A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual  Specification Sections:  1. Certified Test Reports (CTR):  A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving  results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the  Specifications.  This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet  the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing.  Field tests may be performed by  the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as  indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing.  Shop Drawings 01 33 02 ‐ 4  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS):  A certified letter stating that field service is  available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300  mile radius of the Site.  List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved  service organizations on or attach it to the certificate.  3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD):  A certified letter from the manufacturer of  the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable  and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to  the performance and operational requirements of the unit.  The letter shall state that  mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the  conditions specified or normally encountered by the product’s intended use.  1.06 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES  A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing.   The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work  by the Owner.  B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product  or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions.  Issue  the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner.  Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended  Warranties if required by Specification Sections.  C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with SECTION 01 70  00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS.  1.07 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES  A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer.  Send all documents in digital format for  processing.  1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form.  Do not leave  any blanks incomplete.  If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space  provided.  The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file  submitted.  2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF).  a. Create PDF document using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible  software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam  Revu software.  b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from  scanned documents.  c. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor  screen when opened in PDF viewing software.  d. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed  in a format equivalent to the document original.  Documents are to be scalable to  allow printing on standard 8‐1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper.  e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop  Drawing.  Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 1.08.A.  Shop Drawings 01 33 02 ‐ 5  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or  searched using text search features.  Run scanned documents through Optical  Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary.  g. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from  being moved or deleted.  Flatten documents to allow markup recovery.  h. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the  option for “Drop Metadata.”  Uncheck the “Drop Metadata” box when reducing  file size.  i. Add footers to each document with the Project name.  3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked  and processed independently.  Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one  product in the same Shop Drawing.  4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are  part of an integrated system.  5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings.  a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings.  b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings.  c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings.  6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference:  a. Related Specification Sections,  b. Drawing number and detail designation,  c. Product designation or name,  d. Schedule references,  e. System into which the product is incorporated, and   f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project.  B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review:  1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue.  Add explanatory comments to the  markup.  2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier’s standard  drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided  are in their original color.  3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are  required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract  Documents.  Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be  taken by the Designer.  4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests.  Include the deviation  request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on  Shop Drawings 01 33 02 ‐ 6  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form.  Include explanatory comments in the Shop  Drawing Deviation Request form.  5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop  Drawings.  C. Submit a Change Proposal per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT to request  modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of “or equal”  products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for  specified products or procedures.  D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the  Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop  Drawings previously delivered.  Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received,  unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned.  Priority Shop Drawings will  be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet  reviewed.  Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop  Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14  day target.  Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority  designation status on Shop Drawings.  E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 1.03.  1.08 SAMPLE AND MOCKUP SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES  A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish  selection.  1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been  approved.  2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time.  3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of  the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices.  4. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns.  5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the  Project  6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval  using the Notification by Contractor form.  7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products  are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule.  8. Remove Samples that have been rejected.  Submit new Samples following the same  process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved.  9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and  disposal is approved by the Designer.  At Owner’s option, Samples will become the  property of the Owner.  B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed.  Shop Drawings 01 33 02 ‐ 7  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed  Specification Sections.  2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents.  3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product.  4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval  using the Notification by Contractor form.  Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the  mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup.  5. Remove mockups that have been rejected.  Construct new mockups following the  same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved.  6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT.  7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved  by the Designer.  1.09 REQUESTS FOR DEVIATION  A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not  fully comply with the Contract Documents.  B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided.   Identify each deviation request as a separate item.  Include all requested deviations that  must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item.  C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or  Contract Times.  Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that  result in a reduction in cost.  D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will  result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times.  E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation.  Approval of a  requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation  Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as  generally conforming to the Contract Documents.  Deviations from the Contract Documents  can only be approved by a Modification.  1.10 DESIGNER RESPONSIBILITIES  A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer.  Designer will log the documents and  review per this Section for general conformance with the Contract Documents.  1. Designer’s review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in  the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work,  conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with  the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the  Contract Documents.  2. Designer’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques,  sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs  incident thereto.  Shop Drawings 01 33 02 ‐ 8  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  3. Designer’s review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of  the assembly in which the item functions.  B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and  comment.  Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the  document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations  from the Contract requirements.  1. Designer will respond to Contractor’s markups by either making markups directly in  the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review  Comments form with review comments.  2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following  status designations:  a. Approved:  Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted.  b. Approved as Noted:  Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or  notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing.  c. Not Approved:  Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable.  3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions:  a. Final distribution:  Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has  been filed as a record document.  b. Shop Drawing not required:  A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract  Documents.  Resubmit the document per SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA.  c. Cancelled:  This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be  removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that  document are to cease.  d. Revise and resubmit:  Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents,  significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for  subsequent review.  e. Resubmit with corrections made:  Shop Drawing is “Approved as Noted,” but has  significant markups.  Make correction and notations to provide a revised  document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no  markups are required.  f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies:  Document does not meet  the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point  where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the  review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract  Documents.  Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this  Section and resubmit.  g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further  action is required as a Shop Drawing.  Actions d through f require follow up action  to close out the review process.  4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may  be marked “Approved as Noted” and “Resubmit with corrections made.”  These  Shop Drawings 01 33 02 ‐ 9  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing.  Proceed  with ordering products as the documents are revised.  5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents  will be marked as “At Variance With” (AVW) the Contract Documents or other  information provided.  The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply  with the Contract Documents.  C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by  using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form.  Use a single line for each requested  deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested  deviation.  If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested  deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so  the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole.  D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents.  1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as “Not Approved” if the requested deviation is  unacceptable.  Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections  for approval.  2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if  the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a  change in Contract Price or Contract Times.  Requested deviations from the Contract  Documents may only be approved by Field Order.  3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the  requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract  Times.  Submit any requested deviation that requires as change in Contract Price or  Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop  Drawing.  E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or  Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 1.10.B that indicates that the  Shop Drawing process is closed.  F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data  or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be  deleted.  No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will  be closed.  1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS  A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to  the Designer until approved.  1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document.  2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the  previous reviews by the Designer.  This will include changes previously highlighted or  clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or  decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested  deviation from the Contract Documents.  Shop Drawings 01 33 02 ‐ 10  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer  are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract  Documents.  Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be  taken by the Designer.  4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests.  Include the  deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation  request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form.  Numbering for these new items  is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested.   Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form.  B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings.  1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original  review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that  corrections have been made.  2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment  by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a  Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such  change is beyond the control of Contractor.  3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the  actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance  with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS.  4. A Set‐off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay cost for the additional  review to the Owner on a monthly basis.  The Set‐off will be based on invoices  submitted to Owner for these services.  5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer’s  review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract  Price or an extension of Contract Times.  2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)  3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED)  END OF SECTION  Record Data 01 33 03 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  01 33 03 RECORD DATA  1.00 GENERAL  1.01 WORK INCLUDED  A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested  by the OPT.  Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the  same item.  B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to:  1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner;  2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication,  installation, commissioning, and testing; and  3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date.  C. Contractor’s responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved  by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data.  Contract modifications can only be  approved by Change Order or Field Order.  D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents required be  submitted for record purposes.  1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE  A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood  manner.  Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected.  1.03 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES  A. Submit Record Data for the following items:  Specification Section Record Data Description           B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by SECTION 01 33 00  DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT to indicate the Record Data to be submitted, the dates on  which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the  product will be incorporated into the Project.  C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data:  1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record  Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents;  2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation  requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information;  Record Data 01 33 03 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect  to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and  installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and  4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor’s responsibilities for means,  methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety  precautions and programs incident thereto.  D. Determine and verify:  1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record  Data;  2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data  have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and  equipment have been identified;  3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the  attention of the OPT through the Designer;  4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and  5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers  have been resolved.  E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer.  Certify that all Record Data has  been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents  as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when  submitting Record Data.  1.04 RECORD DATA REQUIREMENTS  A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including:  1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, model number, and operational parameters of  the components;  2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and  supports required;  3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers;  4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions,  templates, patterns, and coordination drawings;  5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and  6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing  conditions.  Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent  actual dimensions obtained at the Site.  1.05 SPECIAL CERTIFICATIONS AND REPORTS  A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual  Specification Sections:  Record Data 01 33 03 ‐ 3  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  1. Certified Test Reports (CTR):  A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving  results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the  Specifications.  This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet  the requirements and is part of the Record Data.  Field tests may be performed by the  Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as  indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data.  1.06 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES  A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data.   The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work  by the Owner.  B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product  or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions.  Issue  the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner.  Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended  Warranties if required by Specification Sections.  C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with SECTION 01 70  00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS.  1.07 RECORD DATA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES  A. Submit Record Data through the Designer.  Send all documents in digital format for  processing.  1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form.  Do not leave any  blanks incomplete.  If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided.   The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file.  2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF).  a. Create PDF document using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible  software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam  Revu software.  b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from  scanned documents.  c. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor  screen when opened in PDF viewing software.  d. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed  in a format equivalent to the document original.  Documents are to be scalable to  allow printing on standard 8‐1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper.  e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record  Data.   f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or  searched using text search features.  Run scanned documents through Optical  Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary.  g. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from  being moved or deleted.  Flatten documents to allow markup recovery.  Record Data 01 33 03 ‐ 4  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  h. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the  option for “Drop Metadata.”  Uncheck the “Drop Metadata” box when reducing  file size.  i. Add footers to each document with the Project name.  3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be  tracked and processed independently.  Do not submit Record Data for more than one  system in the same Record Data.  4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are  part of an integrated system.  5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data.  a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings.  b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data.  c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data.  6. Mark Record Data to reference:  a. Related Specification Sections,  b. Drawing number and detail designation,  c. Product designation or name,  d. Schedule references,  e. System into which the product is incorporated, and   f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project.  B. Submit a Change Proposal per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT to request  modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of “or equal”  products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for  specified products or procedures.  Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be  approved by a Modification.  C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 1.03.  1.08 DESIGNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES  A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project  record.  1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the  purpose intended.  Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 1.02 may  be rejected as unacceptable.  2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents.  Comments  may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the  cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate.  3. Contractor’s responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not  relieved by the review of Record Data.  Contract modifications can only be approved  by a Modification.  Record Data 01 33 03 ‐ 5  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data:  1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets  the requirements of Paragraph 1.02.  Document will be given the status of “Filed as  Received” and not further action is required on that Record Data.  2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons:  a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that  the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop  Drawing.  The Record Data will be marked “Rejected” and “Submit Shop  Drawing.”  No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the  Record Data process will be closed.  Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing  per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS.  b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements  of Paragraph 1.02.  The Record Data will be marked “Rejected” and “Revise and  Resubmit.”  Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and  marked “Filed as Received.”  When Record Data is filed, no further action is  required and the Record Data process will be closed.  c. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is applicable to  the Project.  The Record Data will be marked “Rejected” and “Cancel ‐ Not  Required.”  No further action is required and the Record Data process will be  closed.  C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked “Filed as  Received.”  2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)  3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED)  END OF SECTION  Construction Progress Schedule 01 33 04 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE   1.00 GENERAL  1.01 REQUIREMENTS  A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a  monthly basis for the duration of the Project.  B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate  document processing to sequential activities of the Work.  C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents  and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule.  D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule  submitted.  E. Take the requirements of SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES into consideration when  preparing schedule.  1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL  A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT  MANAGEMENT.  B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award.  The schedule is to  be available at the pre‐construction conference.  C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request.  D. Submit Progress Schedules updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the  progress made on the Project to that date.  Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay  in the review and approval of Applications for Payment.  1.03 SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS  A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to:  1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the  Work;  2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors  and Suppliers;  3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and  4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule.  B. Provide personnel with 5 years’ minimum experience in scheduling construction work  comparable to this Project.  Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software.  C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which  includes Work to be performed on the Project.  It is intended that the schedule accomplish  the following:  1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction.  Construction Progress Schedule 01 33 04 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities  and events in sequential relationships.  3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical  sequence for planned Work activities.  4. Provide continuous current status information.  5. Allow analysis of the Contractor’s program for the completion of the Project.  6. Permit schedules to be revise when the existing schedule is not achievable.  7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs.  D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its  start and stop dates.  1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints,  sequencing requirements and Contract completion date.  2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in  the projection of the duration of each activity.  3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project.  E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled  at any time during the Project.  The chart is to indicate:  1. Complete sequence of construction by activity;  2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work;  3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work;  4. The activity start and stop dates;  5. The activity duration;  6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity;  7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and  8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in  each activity as of the first day of each month.  F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with  SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT indicating:  1. Specific dates each document is to be delivered to the Designer.  2. Specific dates each document must be received in order to meet the proposed  schedule.  3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and  complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that  may affect review time.  4. Allow time for re‐submission of the each document.  Contractor is responsible for  delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous  Construction Progress Schedule 01 33 04 ‐ 3  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not  meet Specification requirements.  1.04 SCHEDULE REVISIONS  A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress  of the Work.  1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days  behind schedule.  The report is to include:  a. Number of days behind schedule;  b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on  schedule; and  c. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule.  2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to  bring the Project back on schedule.  B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by  Modification.  1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is  requested.  2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request  for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to  complete the Project within the Contract Times.  C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the  Project schedule.  D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised  schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor’s plan for bringing the Project  back on schedule.  1.05 FLOAT TIME  A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start  date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule.  B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner.  C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path, the subsystem with the longest time of  completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems.  D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule.  Contract Times can  only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment.  E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date.  Time  between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time.  Construction Progress Schedule 01 33 04 ‐ 4  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)  3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED)  END OF SECTION  Video and Photographic Documentation 01 33 05 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  01 33 05 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION  1.00 GENERAL  1.01 WORK INCLUDED  A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction.  1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right‐ of‐way) including but not limited to streets, curb and gutter, utilities, driveways,  fencing, landscaping, etc.  2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing.  3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of  construction.  Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording  provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre‐existing  conditions.  B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed  Project.  1. Provide a minimum of ten different views.  2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site.  3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction.  4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess  materials, trash, and debris have been removed.  5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project.  6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the  entire Site while providing adequate detail.  C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the  property of the Owner.  Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication, or  public or private display without the written consent of the Owner.  1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE  A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure.  View photographs  and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos  of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate.  Provide  photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements.  1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL  A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00  DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT.  B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33  00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT.  Video and Photographic Documentation 01 33 05 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  2.00 PRODUCTS  2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS  A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960,  accomplished without a digital zoom.  B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR.  C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each  photograph taken.  D. Identify each print on back with:  1. Project name.  2. Date, time, location, and orientation of the exposure.  3. Description of the subject of photograph.  E. Submit photograph in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs.  Place only one  photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing  the photograph.  F. Final photographs are to include two 8‐by‐10‐inch glossy color prints for each of ten  photographs selected by the OAR.  These photographs are in addition to normal prints.  2.02 VIDEO RECORDING  A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common  format in full screen mode.  B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means.  C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB.  D. Video resolution shall be 1080p.  E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the  construction area.  Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the  camera while walking or driving.  Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient  to clearly view the entire construction area.  F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice  recorded, in the video.  G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once.  Sections submitted  separately will not be accepted.  3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED)  END OF SECTION  Quality Management 01 40 00 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  01 40 00 QUALITY MANAGEMENT  1.00 GENERAL  1.01 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES  A. Review the OPT’s Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor’s  Quality Control Plan.  B. Implement the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and  verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents.  1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project.  Ensure that Suppliers have  adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the  Contract Documents are provided.  2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which  meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents.  Inspect the Work of the  Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers.  Correct Defective Work.  3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing  laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products  proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the  Contract Documents.  4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and  tests:  a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere  with inspections or testing;  b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required,  providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to  be made;  c. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or  Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing  services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is  acceptable;  d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing;  e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and  field tests;  f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of  the product to be tested;  g. Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the  laboratory at the designated locations;  h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples;  i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT’s use in performing  inspections and testing;  Quality Management 01 40 00 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and  k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested.  5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be  conducted as part of the OPT’s Quality Management Program.  6. Document Defective Work though Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices.   Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that  corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents.  7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project.  8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work.  C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications.  Technical  Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with  the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications.  D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative.  E. Send test reports to the Designer.  F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings required by  SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION.  G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or  inspected in accordance with the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan, the OPT’s Quality  Control Program, or the Contract Documents.  H. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have  to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective.  Contractor is  responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed, or might  be damaged by corrective actions.  1.02 QUALITY MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES BY THE OPT  A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor’s Quality  Control Program.  Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance  activities per Paragraph 1.01.  B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for  verification testing required per Paragraph 1.07.  C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with  consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results  of the Contractor’s Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the  Contract Documents.  Quality assurance activities or non‐performance of quality assurance  activities by the OPT do not:  1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that  conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents;  2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control  measures;  Quality Management 01 40 00 ‐ 3  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products  before OPT’s acceptance;  4. Constitute or imply OPT’s acceptance; and  5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT’s acceptance of the completed  Work.  D. Work is subject to OPT’s quality assurance observations or testing at any time.  Products  which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging  area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into  the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents.  1.03 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF OPT’S TEST REPORTS  A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT’s  anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project.  This testing program will be  made available to Bidders during the bidding phase.  This plan outlines only the testing in  general terms and may not reflect actual testing.  Actual testing will depend on the  Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until  the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review.  There is  no guarantee that all testing will be performed.  B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT’s quality assurance  activities.  Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these tests results and use these  as part of their quality control efforts.  C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to  implement the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan.  Include cost for additional testing and  inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for  correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price.  D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT’s quality assurance testing program  deviates significantly from the OPT’s Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can  demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implementing the Contractor’s Quality  Control Plan resulting from these deviations.  1.04 DOCUMENTATION  A. Provide documentation which includes:  1. Contractor’s Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring  compliance with the Contract Documents.  Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per  SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS.  2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list  of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project,  descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be  performed, equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects  for which testing has been performed with references for those projects.  3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project.   Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract  Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract  Quality Management 01 40 00 ‐ 4  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  Documents and why it does not comply.  Submit these test reports as part of a Shop  Drawings submitted per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS.  4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in  other Specification Sections.  Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the  Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract  Documents they are not in compliance and why it does not comply.  Submit these test  reports on forms provided per SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT.  1.05 STANDARDS  A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent  Laboratories (ACIL) “Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory  Qualifications.”  B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the  Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation,  American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations.  Perform tests  in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations.  1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE  A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in  accordance with recognized test procedures.  Provide facilities for storing, curing,  processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of  Samples.  1.07 VERIFICATION TESTING FOR CORRECTED DEFECTS  A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate  that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents.  Document that  Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective  Work Register.  B. Pay for verification testing.  OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality  Management Program and impose a Set‐off to recover the cost for this testing.  C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was  Defective.  Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT.  1.08 TEST REPORTS  A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests.  1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test  report forms if acceptable to the OPT.  These reports must include the following:  a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor;  b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number;  c. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test;  d. Description of the product being sampled or tested;  Quality Management 01 40 00 ‐ 5  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing;  f. Date the report was issued;  g. Description of the test performed;  h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling;  i. Location at the Site or structure where the test was taken;  j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test;  k. A description of the results of the test;  l. Statement of compliance or non‐compliance with the Contract Documents; and  m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate.  2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the  forms provided by the OAR.  3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT.  B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test.  Flag tests reports with  results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention.  C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not  Defective.  1.09 DEFECTIVE WORK  A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be  corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed.  B. No payment will be made for Defective Work.  Remove Work from the Application for  Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective.  1.10 LIMITATION OF AUTHORITY OF THE TESTING LABORATORY  A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and  interpreting the results of the test performed.  B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to:  1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents;  2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work;  3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or  4. Direct or stop the Work.  1.11 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN  A. Submit the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per SECTION  01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS.  Use Contractor’s Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to  review the document before submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with  the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan.  Do not begin Work until the Contractor’s Quality  Control Plan is approved.  Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be  Quality Management 01 40 00 ‐ 6  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor’s  Quality Control Plan for the Project.  Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until  the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the  additional Work to be started is approved.  B. Provide a Contractor’s Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at  both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by  Subcontractors and Suppliers.  The Contractor’s Quality Control Plan is to include:  1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart  showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work;  2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties,  responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager;  3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of  other persons assigned a quality control function;  4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation,  including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers;  5. Control, verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test.  Include:  a. Name of tests to be performed,  b. Specification paragraph requiring test,  c. Parameters of Work to be tested,  d. Test frequency,  e. Persons responsible for each test, and  f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the  test;  6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan,  specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 1.11.B.5 that will be  provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program;  7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts.  8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable  corrective action.  Indicate how documentation of the verification process for  deficiencies will be made.  9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR.  10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of  qualifications per Paragraph 1.04.  C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the  efforts of the Contractor’s Team to prevent or correct Defective Work.  D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan or quality  control personnel.  Quality Management 01 40 00 ‐ 7  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor’s Quality Control Plan is submitted and before  start of construction to discuss the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan and expedite its  approval.  2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)  3.00 EXECUTION  3.01 IMPLEMENT CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY CONTROL PLAN  A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the  Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings.  B. Includes the following phases for each definable Work task.  A definable Work task is one  which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be  provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different  environment.  1. Planning Phase:  Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task:  a. Review the Contract Drawings.  b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the  Contract Documents.  c. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted,  and approved.  d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been  completed and complies with the Contract Documents.  e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are  on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored.  f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing.  g. Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work.  Document construction  tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task.  h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates  document review comments.  i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR.  Conduct a meeting attended by  the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control  personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task.  Instruct  applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to  meet the requirements of the Contract Documents.  Document the results of the  preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality  Control Manager and attached to the quality control report.  j. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the  planning phase indicate that requirements have been met.  Quality Management 01 40 00 ‐ 8  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  2. Work Phase:  Complete this phase after the Planning Phase:  a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss  the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met.  b. Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract  Documents.  c. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents.   Verify required control inspection and testing is performed.  d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship  standards.  Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate.  e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on‐site, or any time  acceptable specified quality standards are not being met.  3. Follow‐up Phase:  Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control  testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements:  a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation.  b. Conduct follow‐up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of  additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work.  Do not build  upon nor conceal Defective Work.  c. Conduct a review of the Work one month prior to the expiration of the correction  period prescribed in the General Conditions with the OPT.  Correct defects as  noted during the review.  C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if:  1. The quality of on‐going Work is unacceptable;  2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on‐site production supervision or  crews;  3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or  4. Other quality problems develop.  END OF SECTION  Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS  1.00 GENERAL  1.01 WORK INCLUDED  A. Provide temporary facilities, including OPT’s field office and the Contractor’s field offices,  storage sheds, and temporary utilities needed to complete the Work.  B. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs.  Provide temporary on‐site  informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities.  Do not allow  other signs to be displayed.  1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE  A. Provide a total electrical heating and cooling system for the OPT’s field office capable of  maintaining the following conditions:  1. Heating:  Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 10 degrees ambient.  2. Cooling:  Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 105 degrees ambient.  3. Relative humidity:  48 to 54 percent.  B. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use.  Arrange for all  required inspections and tests by regulatory agencies, and obtain required certifications  and permits for use.  1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE  A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds.  1.04 JOB CONDITIONS  A. Locate buildings and sheds at the Site as indicated or as approved by the OPT.  B. Prepare the Site by removing trees, brush, or debris and performing demolition or grubbing  needed to clear a space adequate for the structures.  C. Pay for the utilities used by temporary facilities during construction.  D. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the service  or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the Work.  Provide OPT’s field  office complete and ready for occupancy and use within 7 days of the Notice to Proceed.  E. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed  throughout the progress of the Work.  F. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR.  G. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner.  1. Restrict loads on temporary services or facilities to within their designed or designated  capacities.  2. Provide sanitary conditions.  Prevent public nuisance or hazardous conditions from  developing or existing at the Site.  Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  3. Prevent freezing of pipes, flooding, or the contamination of water.  4. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities.  1.05 OPTIONS  A. Construction offices may be prefabricated buildings on skids or mobile trailers.  B. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers.  2.00 PRODUCTS  2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES  A. The Contractor must furnish the OPT with a field office at the Site.  The field office must  contain at least 120 square feet of useable space.  The field office must be air‐conditioned  and heated and must be furnished with an inclined table that measures at least 30 inches  by 60 inches and two chairs.  The Contractor shall move the field office on the Site as  required by the OAR.  The field office must be furnished with a telephone (with 24‐hour per  day answering service) and fax machine paid for by the Contractor.  There is no separate  pay item for the field office.  B. Furnish a field office of adequate size for Contractor’s use.  Provide conference room space  for a minimum of 15 people.  C. Other trades may provide their own offices only when space is available at the Site, and the  OPT agrees to its size, condition, and location.  D. No monthly partial payments will be processed until OPT’s field office facilities are  completed and approved.  2.02 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS  A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to  the Site that might be affected by weather.  2.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES  A. Provide sanitary facilities at the Site from the commencement of the Project until Project  conclusion.  Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, and  comply with the requirements of the local health authority.  On large sites, provide  portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from  a toilet.  B. Use these sanitary facilities.  Do not use restrooms within existing or Owner‐occupied  buildings.  2.04 TEMPORARY HEAT  A. Provide heating devices needed to protect buildings during construction.  Provide fuel  needed to operate the heating devices and attend the heating devices at all times they are  in operation, including overnight operations.  Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 ‐ 3  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  2.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES  A. Provide the temporary utilities for administration, construction, testing, disinfection, and  start‐up of the Work, including electrical power, water, and telephone.  Pay all costs  associated with furnishing temporary utilities.  1. Provide a source of temporary electrical power of adequate size for construction  procedures.  a. Use existing power systems where spare capacity is available.  Provide temporary  power connections that do not adversely affect the existing power supply.   Submit connections to the OAR for approval prior to installation.  b. Provide electrical pole and service connections that comply with Laws and  Regulations and the requirements of the power company.  2. Provide telephone service to the Site and install telephones inside the Contractor’s  and the OPT’s field office.  2.06 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION  A. Provide temporary water.  Potable water may be purchased from the Owner by obtaining a  water meter from the Owner and transporting water from a water hydrant.  Non‐potable  water may be used for hydraulic testing of non‐potable basins or pipelines.  Include the  cost of water in the Contract Price.  B. Contractor must comply with the City of Corpus Christi’s Water Conservation and Drought  Contingency Plan as amended (the “Plan”).  This includes implementing water conservation  measures established for changing conditions.   The City Engineer will provide a copy of the  Plan to Contractor at the pre‐construction meeting.  The Contractor will keep a copy of the  Plan on the Site throughout construction.  3.00 EXECUTION  3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES  A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR.  Construct and install signs at  locations approved by the OAR.  Install informational signs so they are clearly visible.  3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS  A. The Owner will furnish two Project signs to be installed by the Contractor. The signs must  be installed before construction begins and will be maintained throughout the Project  period by the Contractor.  The locations of the signs will be determined in the field by the  OAR.  3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING  A. Provide temporary lighting inside buildings once buildings are weatherproof.  B. Provide lighting that is adequate to perform Work within any space.  Temporary lights may  be removed once the permanent lighting is in service.  Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 ‐ 4  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  C. Provide portable flood lights at any time that Work will be performed outside the structure  at night.  Provide adequate lighting at any location Work is being performed.  3.04 DRINKING WATER  A. Provide all field offices with potable water.  Provide a dispenser and cooling apparatus if  bottled drinking water is provided.  B. Pay for water services and maintain daily.  3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE  A. Install and maintain a construction fence around the Site and off‐site storage yards.  Fence  must be a minimum 6 feet high chain link construction unless shown otherwise.  Provide  gates with padlocks.  3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES  A. Remove temporary buildings, sheds, and utilities at the conclusion of the Project and  restore the Site to original condition or finished in accordance with the Drawings.  B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction.  C. Remove Project identification signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion  of the Project.  3.07 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE  A. Provide janitorial service (sweeping/mopping) for the OPT’s field office on a weekly basis or  as requested.  Empty trash receptacles daily or as needed.  B. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition.  Repair damage to structures,  framings, or signs.  C. Repair any damage to Work caused by placement or removal of temporary signage.  D. Service, maintain, and replace, if necessary, the OPT’s field office computer equipment  throughout the Project as required by the OPT including replacement cartridges for all  office equipment.  END OF SECTION  Temporary Controls 01 57 00 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS  1.00 GENERAL  1.01 WORK INCLUDED  A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to construct temporary  facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site.   Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed.  B. Construct temporary impounding works, channels, diversions, furnishing and operation of  pumps, installing piping and fittings, and other construction for control of conditions at the  Site.  Remove temporary controls at the end of the Project.  C. Provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by Texas Pollutant  Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000 for stormwater  discharges from construction activities.  Comply with all requirements of the Texas  Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) and Laws and Regulations.  File required legal  notices and obtain required permits prior to beginning any construction activity.  D. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to prevent stormwater  pollution for the duration of the Project.  Provide and maintain erosion and sediment  control structures as required to preventive sediment and other pollutants from the Site  from entering any stormwater system including open channels.  Remove pollution control  structures when no longer required to prevent stormwater pollution.  1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE  A. Construct and maintain temporary controls with adequate workmanship using durable  materials to provide effective environmental management systems meeting the  requirements of the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations.  Use materials that  require minimal maintenance to prevent disruption of construction activities while  providing adequate protection of the environment.  B. Periodically inspect systems to determine that they are meeting the requirements of the  Contract Documents.  1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL  A. Provide documents requiring approval by the OPT as Shop Drawings in accordance with  SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS.  B. Provide copies of notices, records, and reports required by the Contract Documents or  Laws and Regulations as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA.  1.04 STANDARDS  A. Provide a SWPPP that complies with all requirements of TPDES General Permit No.  TXR150000 and any other applicable Laws and Regulations.  B. Perform Work to comply with the City of Corpus Christi Code of Ordinances, Part III,  Chapter 14, Article X ‐ titled “STORM WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS” and any  other applicable Laws and Regulations.  Temporary Controls 01 57 00 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  1.05 PERMITS  A. Submit the following to the TCEQ and the Operator of any Municipal Separate Storm Sewer  System (MS4) receiving stormwater discharges from the Site:  1. Notice of Intent (NOI) at least 48 hours prior to beginning construction activity.   Construction activity may commence 24 hours after the submittal of an electronic NOI.  2. Notice of Change (NOC) letter when relevant facts or incorrect information was  submitted in the NOI, or if relevant information in the NOI changes during the course  of construction activity.  3. Notice of Termination (NOT) when the construction Project has been completed and  stabilized.  B. Post a copy of the NOI at the Site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by  the general public and as required by Laws and Regulations prior to starting construction  activities and maintain the posting until completion of the construction activities.  C. Maintain copies of a schedule of major construction activities, inspection reports, and  revision documentation with the SWPPP.  1.06 STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROL  A. Comply with the current requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 as set forth  by the TCEQ for the duration of the Project:  1. Develop a SWPPP meeting all requirements of the TPDES General Permit.  2. Submit of a Notice of Intent to the TCEQ.  3. Develop and implement appropriate Best Management Practices as established by  local agencies of jurisdiction.  4. Provide all monitoring and/or sampling required for reporting to the TCEQ.  5. Submit reports to the TCEQ as required as a condition of the TPDES General Permit.  6. Submit copies of the reports to the Designer as Record Data in accordance with  SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA.  7. Retain copies of these documents at the Site at all times for review and inspection by  the OPT or regulatory agencies.  Post a copy of the permit as required by Laws and  Regulations.  8. Assume sole responsibility for implementing, updating, and modifying the TPDES  General Permit per Laws and Regulations for the SWPPP and Best Management  Practices.  B. Use forms required by the TCEQ to file the Notice of Intent.  Submit the Notice of Intent at  least 2 days prior to the start of construction.  Develop the SWPPP prior to submitting the  Notice of Intent.  Provide draft copies of the Notice of Intent, SWPPP, and any other  pertinent TCEQ submittal documents to Owner for review prior to submittal to the TCEQ.  C. Return any property disturbed by construction activities to either specified conditions or  pre‐construction conditions as set forth in the Contract Documents.  Provide an overall  erosion and sedimentation control system that will protect all undisturbed areas and soil  Temporary Controls 01 57 00 ‐ 3  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  stockpiles/spoil areas.  Implement appropriate Best Management Practices and techniques  to control erosion and sedimentation and maintain these practices and techniques in  effective operating condition during construction.  Permanently stabilize exposed soil and  fill as soon as practical during the Work.  D. Assume sole responsibility for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures  for furnishing, installing, and maintaining erosion and sedimentation control structures and  procedures and overall compliance with the TPDES General Permit.  Modify the system as  required to effectively control erosion and sediment.  E. Retain copies of reports required by the TPDES General Permit for 3 years from date of  Final Completion.  1.07 POLLUTION CONTROL  A. Prevent the contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious  substances from construction operations.  Provide adequate measures to prevent the  creation of noxious air‐borne pollutants.  Prevent dispersal of pollutants into the  atmosphere.  Do not dump or otherwise discharge noxious or harmful fluids into drains or  sewers, nor allow noxious liquids to contaminate public waterways in any manner.  B. Provide equipment and personnel and perform emergency measures necessary to contain  any spillage.  1. Contain chemicals in protective areas and do not dump on soil.  Dispose of such  materials at off‐site locations in an acceptable manner.  2. Excavate contaminated soil and dispose at an off‐site location if contamination of the  soil does occur.  Fill resulting excavations with suitable backfill and compact to the  density of the surrounding undisturbed soil.  3. Provide documentation to the Owner which states the nature and strength of the  contaminant, method of disposal, and the location of the disposal site.  4. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding the disposal of pollutants.  C. Groundwater or run‐off water which has come into contact with noxious chemicals, sludge,  or sludge‐contaminated soil is considered contaminated.  Contaminated water must not be  allowed to enter streams or water courses, leave the Site in a non‐contained form, or enter  non‐contaminated areas of the Site.  1. Pump contaminated water to holding ponds constructed by the Contractor for this  purpose, or discharge to areas on the interior of the Site, as designated by the OAR.  2. Construct temporary earthen dikes or take other precautions and measures as  required to contain the contaminated water and pump to a designated storage area.  3. Wash any equipment used for handling contaminated water or soil within  contaminated areas three times with uncontaminated water prior to using such  equipment in an uncontaminated area.  Dispose of wash water used to wash such  equipment as contaminated water.  Temporary Controls 01 57 00 ‐ 4  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  1.08 EARTH CONTROL  A. Remove excess soil, spoil materials, and other earth not required for backfill at the time of  generation.  Control stockpiled materials to eliminate interference with Contractor and  Owner’s operations.  B. Dispose of excess earth off the Site.  Provide written approval from the property owner for  soils deposited on private property.  Obtain approval of the Owner if this disposal impacts  the use of Site or other easements.  1.09 MANAGEMENT OF WATER  A. Manage water resulting from rains or ground water at the Site.  Maintain trenches and  excavations free of water at all times.  B. Lower the water table in the construction area by acceptable means if necessary to  maintain a dry and workable condition at all times.  Provide drains, sumps, casings, well  points, and other water control devices as necessary to remove excess water.  C. Provide continuous operation of water management actions.  Maintain standby equipment  to provide proper and continuous operation for water management.  D. Ensure that water drainage does not damage adjacent property.  Divert water into the  same natural watercourse in which its headwaters are located, or other natural stream or  waterway as approved by the Owner.  Assume responsibility for the discharge of water  from the Site.  E. Remove the temporary construction and restore the Site in a manner acceptable to the  OAR and to match surrounding material at the conclusion of the Work.  1.10 DEWATERING  A. This item is considered subsidiary for all dewatering methods other than “well pointing” to  the appropriate bid items as described in the Bid Form where dewatering is needed to keep  the excavation dry, as approved by the Designer, and shall include all costs to provide a dry  foundation for the proposed improvements.  B. Storm water that enters an excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to  minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that  allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet.  C. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs  naturally without leaving the designated work area or by a manmade berm(s) prior to  entering the storm water system.  Sheet flow and ponding is to allow solids screening  and/or settling prior to entering a storm water conduit or inlet.    D. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property without  permission.  It is the intent that Contractor discharges groundwater primarily into the  existing storm water system, provided that the quality of groundwater is equal to or better  than the receiving stream, the [Corpus Christi Bay] [Oso Creek] [Laguna Madre] [CC Ship  Channel].  E. Testing of groundwater quality is to be performed by the Owner, at the Owner’s expense,  prior to commencing discharge and shall be retested by the Owner, at the Owner’s  Temporary Controls 01 57 00 ‐ 5  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  expense, a minimum of once a week.  Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner on all  testing.  Tests will also be performed as each new area of construction is started.  F. Another option for disposal of groundwater by Contractor would include pumping to the  nearest sanitary sewer system.  If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a  sanitary sewer or wastewater plant, the costs for these operations shall be negotiated.   Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Designer on  a case by case basis.    G. Prior to Pumping groundwater from a trench to the sanitary sewer system the Contractor  shall contact [Tilo Schmidt, Wastewater Pre‐treatment Coordinator at 826‐1817] to obtain  a “no cost” permit from the Owner’s Waste Water Department.  Owner will pay for any  water quality testing or water analysis cost required.  The permit will require an estimate of  groundwater flow.  Groundwater flow can be estimated by boring a hole or excavating a  short trench then record water level shortly after completion, allow to sit overnight, record  water level again, pump hole or trench dry to a holding tank or vacuum truck then record  how long it takes to fill to original level and overnight level.  1.11 DISPOSAL OF HIGHLY CHLORINATED WATER  A. Dispose of water used for testing, disinfection, and line flushing.  Comply with Owner’s  requirements and Laws and Regulation regarding the disposal of contaminated water,  including water with levels of chlorine, which exceed the permissible limits for discharge  into wetlands or environmentally sensitive areas.  Comply with the requirements of all  regulatory agencies in the disposal of all water used in the Project.  Include a description  and details for disposal of this water in a Plan of Action per SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL  PROCEDURES.  Do not use the Owner’s sanitary sewer system for disposal of contaminated  water.  1.12 WINDSTORM CERTIFICATION  A. All affected materials and installation shall comply with Texas Department of Insurance  Requirements for windstorm resistant construction for design wind speed as required by  IBC 2009.  Contractor shall be responsible for contracting with a licensed structural  engineer in the State of Texas to perform all inspections and provide documentation for  windstorm certification to the Texas Board of Insurance.  The Contractor shall be  responsible for providing all necessary design/assembly documentation for all new  windows, doors, louvers, etc. to the windstorm engineer/inspectors required to conform  with the requirements of the Texas Department of Insurance.  2.00 PRODUCTS  2.01 MATERIALS  A. Provide materials that comply with Laws and Regulations.  3.00 EXECUTION  3.01 CONSTRUCTING, MAINTAINING AND REMOVING TEMPORARY CONTROLS  A. Construct temporary controls in accordance with Laws and Regulations.  Temporary Controls 01 57 00 ‐ 6  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  B. Maintain controls in accordance with regulatory requirements where applicable, or in  accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.  C. Remove temporary controls when no longer required, but before the Project is complete.   Correct any damage or pollution that occurs as the result of removing controls while they  are still required.  END OF SECTION  Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 ‐ 1  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS  1.00 GENERAL  1.01 WORK INCLUDED  A. Comply with requirements of the General Conditions and specified administrative  procedures in closing out the Contract.  1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL  A. Submit certifications and releases on forms provided.  1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION  A. Notify the Designer that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially  complete per the General Conditions.  Include a list of the items remaining to be completed  or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete.  B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within a reasonable time after notification is  received to determine the status of the Project.  C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Work is either substantially complete or that  additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially  complete.  1. Designer will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project  will be considered substantially complete.  2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work.  3. Notify the Designer when the items of Work in the Designer’s notice have been  completed.  4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process.  5. Designer will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the  OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete.  The Certificate will include a  tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended.  6. Review the list and notify the Designer of any objections to items on the list within 10  days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion.  1.04 FINAL INSPECTION  A. Notify the Designer when:  1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents;  2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully  operational;  3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all  operator training has been completed;  4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and  Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 ‐ 2  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection.  B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment  within a reasonable time after the notice is received.  C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor  that Work is Defective.  D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work.  Notify the Designer when Defective Work  has corrected.  OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is  acceptable.  Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify  the Contractor that Work is Defective.  E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph  1.06 if notified that the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable.  1.05 REINSPECTION FEES  A. Owner may impose a Set‐off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the  General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional  Work is required.    1.06 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS SUBMITTAL  A. Record Documents per SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION.  B. Warranties and bonds.  C. Equipment installation reports on equipment.  D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents.  E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract  Documents.  F. Final Photographs per SECTION 01 33 05 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION.  1.07 TRANSFER OF UTILITIES  A. Transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been  issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner.  B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied  the Work.  1.08 WARRANTIES, BONDS, AND SERVICES AGREEMENTS  A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP  DRAWINGS or by the individual Specification Sections.  B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the  General Conditions.  C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for  compliance with the Contract Documents.  Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 ‐ 3  E15152 Bayshore Park 11‐25‐2013  1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1 year correction period specified in  the General Conditions and all products for which special or extended warranties or  guarantees are provided.  Index the log by Specification Section number on forms  provided.  Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation.  2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log.   Each document is to include:  a. A description of the product or Work item;  b. The firm name, with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number;  c. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence  of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements;  d. Scope of warranty, bond, or services agreement;  e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the General  Conditions for each product and the date on which the specified correction  period expires.  f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on  which the specified extended warranties period expires.  g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty  bond and service agreement;  h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and  i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond.  D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review.  E. Submit warranties, bonds and services agreements within 10 days after equipment or  components placed in service.  2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)  3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED)  END OF SECTION